mirror of
https://github.com/zoriya/vim.git
synced 2025-12-25 00:25:21 +00:00
Compare commits
182 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
61d281a4c0 | ||
|
|
970a1b82ec | ||
|
|
06ca513e2c | ||
|
|
507cc8acf1 | ||
|
|
12b0290d42 | ||
|
|
5e4b9e9ff8 | ||
|
|
5d3a8038b6 | ||
|
|
dfba6b6449 | ||
|
|
1ea69b7077 | ||
|
|
5ad15df9ce | ||
|
|
1c0b03e857 | ||
|
|
84f7235bdb | ||
|
|
7c578d3c3f | ||
|
|
5fbe699390 | ||
|
|
8ec1f8523b | ||
|
|
917ba89f7f | ||
|
|
9e98edfe8f | ||
|
|
146e9c3886 | ||
|
|
552ac13d55 | ||
|
|
0faaeb826e | ||
|
|
d25ad65a97 | ||
|
|
f5876f147a | ||
|
|
91856270df | ||
|
|
4336cdf318 | ||
|
|
7f29f7a2f4 | ||
|
|
011a34d77d | ||
|
|
52379eadfb | ||
|
|
b549a731fb | ||
|
|
7282bc3e7e | ||
|
|
58437e0409 | ||
|
|
5f1e3e4473 | ||
|
|
db7207e6e5 | ||
|
|
84a4c334e1 | ||
|
|
ee7d100091 | ||
|
|
42ec656524 | ||
|
|
fb7df7be2f | ||
|
|
6b707b4b82 | ||
|
|
f66b3fcf6c | ||
|
|
034b115568 | ||
|
|
5dc6252d33 | ||
|
|
61c3519b78 | ||
|
|
a64ba220f0 | ||
|
|
60542ac9fd | ||
|
|
bbc98db7c4 | ||
|
|
efcb54b78c | ||
|
|
be74734429 | ||
|
|
a61d5fbf7a | ||
|
|
28f2908d95 | ||
|
|
68ba0dd633 | ||
|
|
c047b9a49f | ||
|
|
3fe37d62d1 | ||
|
|
b3a6bbc7b6 | ||
|
|
8d462f9666 | ||
|
|
a8c8a688ac | ||
|
|
73b2470896 | ||
|
|
be094a1579 | ||
|
|
e37c611012 | ||
|
|
a489e1d9d6 | ||
|
|
76b9b3696c | ||
|
|
d87fbc2b1c | ||
|
|
fbe323d854 | ||
|
|
b8ff1fb5eb | ||
|
|
7f85d297dc | ||
|
|
3c70f33440 | ||
|
|
16c31fe1b7 | ||
|
|
7d550fbde5 | ||
|
|
6110a006d5 | ||
|
|
8e808d2b4d | ||
|
|
975261e8a0 | ||
|
|
f44cfb88f6 | ||
|
|
abe838b099 | ||
|
|
06af60244e | ||
|
|
38f5f9529a | ||
|
|
2b04b19455 | ||
|
|
53748fcb7b | ||
|
|
33c1b198c6 | ||
|
|
7474c7c3d6 | ||
|
|
6be7f8733f | ||
|
|
90b280059f | ||
|
|
f31b764c23 | ||
|
|
3ef7cdf0fd | ||
|
|
5af7d71276 | ||
|
|
6d6cec8375 | ||
|
|
73633f84d6 | ||
|
|
8f55d103db | ||
|
|
309cbc3840 | ||
|
|
70b2a56d5a | ||
|
|
1f5965b3c4 | ||
|
|
a0f299b4e8 | ||
|
|
10b7b39b3d | ||
|
|
6ee8d89cf9 | ||
|
|
64a72303f8 | ||
|
|
66accae339 | ||
|
|
738f8fc8ed | ||
|
|
6ef47c223e | ||
|
|
374d32d70f | ||
|
|
79a2a49c5a | ||
|
|
fc57380c3f | ||
|
|
5d6f75e17e | ||
|
|
83bac4c31a | ||
|
|
b6b046b281 | ||
|
|
deaf7b7397 | ||
|
|
ff0a4809e3 | ||
|
|
637606413f | ||
|
|
bbd9fd7353 | ||
|
|
265116a99a | ||
|
|
213ae48854 | ||
|
|
f1568eca24 | ||
|
|
f788a06103 | ||
|
|
c367faad99 | ||
|
|
a528565cf1 | ||
|
|
323cb95120 | ||
|
|
d6e256c31a | ||
|
|
2787ab91b0 | ||
|
|
68dfcdf725 | ||
|
|
b38e9ab4af | ||
|
|
08fc756582 | ||
|
|
96a8964564 | ||
|
|
b9ba403542 | ||
|
|
fa263a517b | ||
|
|
f4120a8964 | ||
|
|
aeabe0545d | ||
|
|
ae7ba984ee | ||
|
|
0a11f8ce4e | ||
|
|
f0b6b0cc3b | ||
|
|
2bbafdbcee | ||
|
|
3388bb4847 | ||
|
|
0612ec8d53 | ||
|
|
89c7122c05 | ||
|
|
8000baffa7 | ||
|
|
195ea0ff6c | ||
|
|
b491c03ee7 | ||
|
|
26fdd7da96 | ||
|
|
6d8f9c6f59 | ||
|
|
49e4ec6eee | ||
|
|
4e5ccfa5c7 | ||
|
|
1dff76bcb8 | ||
|
|
db710ed999 | ||
|
|
a27ad5aea1 | ||
|
|
50bfb3278e | ||
|
|
f541c36a8c | ||
|
|
79739e163b | ||
|
|
b931d74b06 | ||
|
|
1514667a24 | ||
|
|
e3cc6d4223 | ||
|
|
6cc00c75c1 | ||
|
|
cd6fe97e6b | ||
|
|
c842748302 | ||
|
|
62dbdc4a5a | ||
|
|
667b4d2db9 | ||
|
|
f34dc6537d | ||
|
|
a4594f6b82 | ||
|
|
b3479bd229 | ||
|
|
2e7b1df8fa | ||
|
|
e06461a821 | ||
|
|
725a962194 | ||
|
|
08c51aabc4 | ||
|
|
ca0c9fcda0 | ||
|
|
e79d1535cf | ||
|
|
aa0e80471f | ||
|
|
7701c24e36 | ||
|
|
946c1eeafc | ||
|
|
250912918e | ||
|
|
73dc59aad8 | ||
|
|
8f535582ad | ||
|
|
2369e35b39 | ||
|
|
acd6a049f6 | ||
|
|
a627c96182 | ||
|
|
98a22f4a63 | ||
|
|
9f733d1ffd | ||
|
|
447038a127 | ||
|
|
d960d76d5e | ||
|
|
a6f4d61af7 | ||
|
|
62951b1e0d | ||
|
|
a554a1933c | ||
|
|
38e2b0636b | ||
|
|
50f834dfb2 | ||
|
|
7f78bd73d6 | ||
|
|
52f8317926 | ||
|
|
314ed4b21a | ||
|
|
5302d9ebc1 | ||
|
|
ddab33232a |
2
Filelist
2
Filelist
@@ -81,6 +81,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
|
||||
src/testdir/test49.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/test60.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/test83-tags? \
|
||||
src/proto.h \
|
||||
src/proto/blowfish.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/buffer.pro \
|
||||
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
|
||||
src/xxd/Make_cyg.mak \
|
||||
src/xxd/Make_djg.mak \
|
||||
src/xxd/Make_ming.mak \
|
||||
src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
|
||||
nsis/gvim.nsi \
|
||||
nsis/README.txt \
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: C
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Mar 23
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Dec 30
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
@@ -603,3 +605,6 @@ function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" getscript.vim
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: May 31, 2011
|
||||
" Version: 33
|
||||
" Date: Jan 17, 2012
|
||||
" Version: 34
|
||||
" Installing: :help glvs-install
|
||||
" Usage: :help glvs
|
||||
"
|
||||
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
|
||||
if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_getscript= "v33"
|
||||
let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
|
||||
if &cp
|
||||
echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
|
||||
finish
|
||||
@@ -550,30 +550,42 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
|
||||
" decompress
|
||||
if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
|
||||
" call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
exe "sil !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
|
||||
" call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
|
||||
" call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
exe "sil !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
|
||||
" call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
|
||||
" call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
exe "sil !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
|
||||
" call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Decho("no decompression needed")
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
|
||||
" distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, ...) contents
|
||||
if sname =~ '\.zip$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
|
||||
exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
|
||||
elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
|
||||
" call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
|
||||
silent 1split
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: PHP
|
||||
" Maintainer: Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 May 9
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Dec 08
|
||||
"
|
||||
" TODO:
|
||||
" - Class aware completion:
|
||||
@@ -650,6 +650,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
|
||||
" this is the most efficient way. The other way
|
||||
" is to go through the looong string looking for
|
||||
" matching {}
|
||||
let original_window = winnr()
|
||||
below 1new
|
||||
0put =cfile
|
||||
call search('class\s\+'.a:name)
|
||||
@@ -667,6 +668,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
|
||||
let classcontent = join(classc, "\n")
|
||||
|
||||
bw! %
|
||||
" go back to where we started
|
||||
exe original_window.'wincmd w'
|
||||
|
||||
if extends_class != ''
|
||||
let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class)
|
||||
if filereadable(classlocation)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
" Vim script to download a missing spell file
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2008 Nov 29
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Jan 08
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
|
||||
" Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
|
||||
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
|
||||
" Remember the buffer number, we check it below.
|
||||
new
|
||||
let newbufnr = winbufnr(0)
|
||||
setlocal bin
|
||||
setlocal bin fenc=
|
||||
echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
|
||||
call spellfile#Nread(fname)
|
||||
if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
|
||||
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
|
||||
" Our buffer has vanished!? Open a new window.
|
||||
echomsg "download buffer disappeared, opening a new one"
|
||||
new
|
||||
setlocal bin
|
||||
setlocal bin fenc=
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe winnr . "wincmd w"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
|
||||
else
|
||||
let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
setlocal fenc=
|
||||
exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
|
||||
|
||||
" Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,16 +1,31 @@
|
||||
" Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
|
||||
" Language: SQL
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
|
||||
" Version: 10.0
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Jun 11
|
||||
" Version: 12.0
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Feb 08
|
||||
" Usage: For detailed help
|
||||
" ":help sql.txt"
|
||||
" or ":help ft-sql-omni"
|
||||
" ":help sql.txt"
|
||||
" or ":help ft-sql-omni"
|
||||
" or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
|
||||
|
||||
" History
|
||||
" Version 12.0
|
||||
" - Partial column name completion did not work when a table
|
||||
" name or table alias was provided (Jonas Enberg).
|
||||
" - Improved the handling of column completion. First we match any
|
||||
" columns from a previous completion. If not matches are found, we
|
||||
" consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the
|
||||
" query and attempt to match on it.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 11.0
|
||||
" Added g:omni_sql_default_compl_type variable
|
||||
" - You can specify which type of completion to default to
|
||||
" when pressing <C-X><C-O>. The entire list of available
|
||||
" choices can be found in the calls to sqlcomplete#Map in:
|
||||
" ftplugin/sql.vim
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 10.0
|
||||
" Updated PreCacheSyntax()
|
||||
" Updated PreCacheSyntax()
|
||||
" - Now returns a List of the syntax items it finds.
|
||||
" This allows other plugins / scripts to use this list for their own
|
||||
" purposes. In this case XPTemplate can use them for a Choose list.
|
||||
@@ -18,22 +33,22 @@
|
||||
" warning if not.
|
||||
" - Verifies the parameters are the correct type and displays a
|
||||
" warning if not.
|
||||
" Updated SQLCWarningMsg()
|
||||
" Updated SQLCWarningMsg()
|
||||
" - Prepends warning message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
|
||||
" the warning.
|
||||
" Updated SQLCErrorMsg()
|
||||
" Updated SQLCErrorMsg()
|
||||
" - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
|
||||
" the error.
|
||||
"
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 9.0
|
||||
" This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
|
||||
" names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
|
||||
" names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
|
||||
" aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
|
||||
" Full support for "table names with spaces" can be added in again
|
||||
" after 7.3.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 8.0
|
||||
" Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
|
||||
" Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
|
||||
" when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 7.0
|
||||
@@ -44,7 +59,7 @@
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
|
||||
" This check is in place in case this script is
|
||||
" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
|
||||
" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
|
||||
if exists('&omnifunc')
|
||||
" Do not set the option if already set since this
|
||||
" results in an E117 warning.
|
||||
@@ -54,9 +69,9 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
|
||||
finish
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_sql_completion = 100
|
||||
let g:loaded_sql_completion = 120
|
||||
|
||||
" Maintains filename of dictionary
|
||||
let s:sql_file_table = ""
|
||||
@@ -69,7 +84,7 @@ let s:tbl_alias = []
|
||||
let s:tbl_cols = []
|
||||
let s:syn_list = []
|
||||
let s:syn_value = []
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
|
||||
let s:save_inc = ""
|
||||
let s:save_exc = ""
|
||||
@@ -79,7 +94,7 @@ endif
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
|
||||
let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" Used with the column list
|
||||
let s:save_prev_table = ""
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -110,12 +125,16 @@ if !exists('g:omni_sql_include_owner')
|
||||
if g:loaded_dbext >= 300
|
||||
" New to dbext 3.00, by default the table lists include the owner
|
||||
" name of the table. This is used when determining how much of
|
||||
" whatever has been typed should be replaced as part of the
|
||||
" whatever has been typed should be replaced as part of the
|
||||
" code replacement.
|
||||
let g:omni_sql_include_owner = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" Default type of completion used when <C-X><C-O> is pressed
|
||||
if !exists('g:omni_sql_default_compl_type')
|
||||
let g:omni_sql_default_compl_type = 'table'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
@@ -140,7 +159,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
let begindot = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
while start > 0
|
||||
" Additional code was required to handle objects which
|
||||
" Additional code was required to handle objects which
|
||||
" can contain spaces like "my table name".
|
||||
if line[start - 1] !~ '\(\w\|\.\)'
|
||||
" If the previous character is not a period or word character
|
||||
@@ -150,7 +169,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
|
||||
" If the previous character is word character continue back
|
||||
let start -= 1
|
||||
elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' &&
|
||||
elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' &&
|
||||
\ compl_type =~ 'column\|table\|view\|procedure'
|
||||
" If the previous character is a period and we are completing
|
||||
" an object which can be specified with a period like this:
|
||||
@@ -160,7 +179,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" If lastword has already been set for column completion
|
||||
" break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
|
||||
" a table name if it was also supplied.
|
||||
if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
|
||||
if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" If column completion was specified stop at the "." if
|
||||
@@ -171,8 +190,8 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" If omni_sql_include_owner = 0, do not include the table
|
||||
" name as part of the substitution, so break here
|
||||
if lastword == -1 &&
|
||||
\ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' &&
|
||||
if lastword == -1 &&
|
||||
\ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' &&
|
||||
\ g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
|
||||
let lastword = start
|
||||
break
|
||||
@@ -202,7 +221,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
let compl_list = []
|
||||
|
||||
" Default to table name completion
|
||||
let compl_type = 'table'
|
||||
let compl_type = g:omni_sql_default_compl_type
|
||||
" Allow maps to specify what type of object completion they want
|
||||
if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
|
||||
let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
|
||||
@@ -216,7 +235,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
|
||||
if compl_type == 'table' ||
|
||||
\ compl_type == 'procedure' ||
|
||||
\ compl_type == 'view'
|
||||
\ compl_type == 'view'
|
||||
|
||||
" This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
|
||||
if s:SQLCCheck4dbext() == -1
|
||||
@@ -254,7 +273,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
|
||||
if base == ""
|
||||
" The last time we displayed a column list we stored
|
||||
" the table name. If the user selects a column list
|
||||
" the table name. If the user selects a column list
|
||||
" without a table name of alias present, assume they want
|
||||
" the previous column list displayed.
|
||||
let base = s:save_prev_table
|
||||
@@ -273,16 +292,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" has entered:
|
||||
" owner.table
|
||||
" table.column_prefix
|
||||
" So there are a couple of things we can do to mitigate
|
||||
" So there are a couple of things we can do to mitigate
|
||||
" this issue.
|
||||
" 1. Check if the dbext plugin has the option turned
|
||||
" on to even allow owners
|
||||
" 2. Based on 1, if the user is showing a table list
|
||||
" and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then
|
||||
" and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then
|
||||
" this will be owner.table. In this case, we can
|
||||
" check to see the table.column exists in the
|
||||
" check to see the table.column exists in the
|
||||
" cached table list. If it does, then we have
|
||||
" determined the user has actually chosen
|
||||
" determined the user has actually chosen
|
||||
" owner.table, not table.column_prefix.
|
||||
let found = -1
|
||||
if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == ''
|
||||
@@ -297,17 +316,46 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" If the user has indicated not to use table owners at all and
|
||||
" the base ends in a '.' we know they are not providing a column
|
||||
" name, so we can shift the items appropriately.
|
||||
if found != -1 || (g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0 && base !~ '\.$')
|
||||
let owner = table
|
||||
let table = column
|
||||
let column = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" if found != -1 || (g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0 && base !~ '\.$')
|
||||
" let owner = table
|
||||
" let table = column
|
||||
" let column = ''
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
" If no "." was provided and the user asked for
|
||||
" column level completion, first attempt the match
|
||||
" on any previous column lists. If the user asked
|
||||
" for a list of columns comma separated, continue as usual.
|
||||
if compl_type == 'column' && s:save_prev_table != ''
|
||||
" The last time we displayed a column list we stored
|
||||
" the table name. If the user selects a column list
|
||||
" without a table name of alias present, assume they want
|
||||
" the previous column list displayed.
|
||||
let table = s:save_prev_table
|
||||
let list_type = ''
|
||||
|
||||
let compl_list = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
|
||||
if ! empty(compl_list)
|
||||
" If no column prefix has been provided and the table
|
||||
" name was provided, append it to each of the items
|
||||
" returned.
|
||||
let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), 'v:val=~"^'.base.'"' )
|
||||
|
||||
" If not empty, we have a match on columns
|
||||
" return the list
|
||||
if ! empty(compl_list)
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" Since no columns were found to match the base supplied
|
||||
" assume the user is trying to complete the column list
|
||||
" for a table (and or an alias to a table).
|
||||
let table = base
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Get anything after the . and consider this the table name
|
||||
" If an owner has been specified, then we must consider the
|
||||
" If an owner has been specified, then we must consider the
|
||||
" base to be a partial column name
|
||||
" let base = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*' )
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -327,11 +375,11 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" If no column prefix has been provided and the table
|
||||
" name was provided, append it to each of the items
|
||||
" returned.
|
||||
let compl_list = map(compl_list, "table.'.'.v:val")
|
||||
let compl_list = map(compl_list, 'table.".".v:val')
|
||||
if owner != ''
|
||||
" If an owner has been provided append it to each of the
|
||||
" items returned.
|
||||
let compl_list = map(compl_list, "owner.'.'.v:val")
|
||||
let compl_list = map(compl_list, 'owner.".".v:val')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
let base = ''
|
||||
@@ -361,11 +409,15 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
|
||||
if base != ''
|
||||
" Filter the list based on the first few characters the user entered.
|
||||
" Check if the text matches at the beginning
|
||||
" or
|
||||
" Check if the text matches at the beginning
|
||||
" \\(^.base.'\\)
|
||||
" or
|
||||
" Match to a owner.table or alias.column type match
|
||||
" ^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)
|
||||
" or
|
||||
" Handle names with spaces "my table name"
|
||||
" "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
|
||||
"
|
||||
let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
|
||||
" let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\)"'
|
||||
" let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
|
||||
@@ -384,7 +436,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#PreCacheSyntax(...)
|
||||
let syn_group_arr = []
|
||||
let syn_items = []
|
||||
|
||||
if a:0 > 0
|
||||
if a:0 > 0
|
||||
if type(a:1) != 3
|
||||
call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
|
||||
return ''
|
||||
@@ -407,7 +459,7 @@ endfunction
|
||||
function! sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax(...)
|
||||
let syn_group_arr = []
|
||||
|
||||
if a:0 > 0
|
||||
if a:0 > 0
|
||||
if type(a:1) != 3
|
||||
call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
|
||||
return ''
|
||||
@@ -458,7 +510,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()
|
||||
" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
|
||||
" key behaviour.
|
||||
" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
|
||||
" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
|
||||
" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
|
||||
" rather than the "key press".
|
||||
exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.'", "n")'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -475,7 +527,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()
|
||||
" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
|
||||
" key behaviour.
|
||||
" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
|
||||
" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
|
||||
" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
|
||||
" rather than the "key press".
|
||||
exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'", "n")'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -484,16 +536,16 @@ endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg
|
||||
echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
|
||||
echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
|
||||
echohl None
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
|
||||
echohl ErrorMsg
|
||||
echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
|
||||
echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
|
||||
echohl None
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
|
||||
let syn_group = a:syn_group
|
||||
let compl_list = []
|
||||
@@ -504,7 +556,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
|
||||
" Return previously cached value
|
||||
let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Request the syntax list items from the
|
||||
" Request the syntax list items from the
|
||||
" syntax completion plugin
|
||||
if syn_group == 'syntax'
|
||||
" Handle this special case. This allows the user
|
||||
@@ -552,7 +604,7 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
|
||||
let table_alias = a:table_alias
|
||||
let cols = a:cols
|
||||
|
||||
if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n'
|
||||
if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n'
|
||||
if table_alias == ''
|
||||
if 'da' =~? g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
|
||||
if table_name =~ '_'
|
||||
@@ -562,13 +614,13 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
|
||||
setlocal iskeyword-=_
|
||||
|
||||
" Get the first letter of each word
|
||||
" [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w
|
||||
" [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w
|
||||
" to catch extended accented characters
|
||||
"
|
||||
let table_alias = substitute(
|
||||
\ table_name,
|
||||
\ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?',
|
||||
\ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)',
|
||||
let table_alias = substitute(
|
||||
\ table_name,
|
||||
\ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?',
|
||||
\ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)',
|
||||
\ 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
" Restore original value
|
||||
@@ -596,7 +648,7 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
|
||||
return cols
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
|
||||
function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
|
||||
" The owner regex matches a word at the start of the string which is
|
||||
" followed by a dot, but doesn't include the dot in the result.
|
||||
" ^ - from beginning of line
|
||||
@@ -609,7 +661,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
|
||||
" let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\s*\zs.*\ze\.' )
|
||||
let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\("\|\[\)\?\zs\.\{-}\ze\("\|\]\)\?\.' )
|
||||
return owner
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
" Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
|
||||
@@ -636,7 +688,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx], '\n')
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
|
||||
" Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
|
||||
" by its alias, assuming the table_name provided was actually
|
||||
" the alias for the table instead
|
||||
" select *
|
||||
@@ -654,7 +706,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
" And the table ends in a "." or we are looking for a column list
|
||||
" if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || b:sql_compl_type =~ 'column')
|
||||
" if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || a:list_type =~ 'csv')
|
||||
if list_idx == -1
|
||||
if list_idx == -1
|
||||
let saveY = @y
|
||||
let saveSearch = @/
|
||||
let saveWScan = &wrapscan
|
||||
@@ -665,7 +717,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
setlocal nowrapscan
|
||||
" If . was entered, look at the word just before the .
|
||||
" We are looking for something like this:
|
||||
" select *
|
||||
" select *
|
||||
" from customer c
|
||||
" where c.
|
||||
" So when . is pressed, we need to find 'c'
|
||||
@@ -692,15 +744,15 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
" if query =~? '^\c\(select\)'
|
||||
if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
|
||||
let found = 1
|
||||
" \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\? -
|
||||
" \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\? -
|
||||
" '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}' - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
|
||||
" '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
|
||||
" '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name
|
||||
" '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name
|
||||
" '\s\+\<'.table_name.'\>' - Followed by the alias
|
||||
" '\s*\.\@!.*' - Cannot be followed by a .
|
||||
" '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
|
||||
" '.*' - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
|
||||
" let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
|
||||
" let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
|
||||
" \ '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'.
|
||||
" \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
|
||||
" \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
|
||||
@@ -711,7 +763,16 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
" \ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
|
||||
" \ '.*'
|
||||
" \ )
|
||||
let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
|
||||
"
|
||||
"
|
||||
" ''\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*' - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
|
||||
" '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
|
||||
" '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze' - Get the table name
|
||||
" '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').'\>' - Followed by the alias
|
||||
" '\s*\.\@!.*' - Cannot be followed by a .
|
||||
" '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
|
||||
" '.*' - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
|
||||
let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
|
||||
\ '\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'.
|
||||
\ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?'.
|
||||
\ '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
|
||||
@@ -753,7 +814,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
|
||||
" Return to previous location
|
||||
call cursor(curline, curcol)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if found == 0
|
||||
if g:loaded_dbext > 300
|
||||
exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias='.saveSettingAlias
|
||||
@@ -762,7 +823,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
" Not a SQL statement, do not display a list
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if empty(table_cols)
|
||||
" Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
|
||||
" Version: 7.0
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
|
||||
" Version: 8.0
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Nov 02
|
||||
" Usage: For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
|
||||
|
||||
" History
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 8.0
|
||||
" Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
|
||||
" - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
|
||||
" on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
|
||||
" Now these lines are processed independently.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Version 7.0
|
||||
" Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
|
||||
" - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
|
||||
@@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ endif
|
||||
if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 70
|
||||
let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 80
|
||||
|
||||
" Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
|
||||
" This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
|
||||
@@ -72,7 +78,8 @@ endif
|
||||
" This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
|
||||
" elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
|
||||
let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
|
||||
\ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
|
||||
\ 'links to,start=,end='
|
||||
" \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cache_name = []
|
||||
let s:cache_list = []
|
||||
@@ -411,9 +418,25 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
|
||||
\ , "\n", 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
|
||||
" Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained
|
||||
" Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
|
||||
" Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute(
|
||||
\ syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\)'
|
||||
\ syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
|
||||
\ , "", 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
|
||||
" This can leave lines like this
|
||||
" =@vimMenuList skipwhite onoremenu
|
||||
" Strip the special option keywords first
|
||||
" :h :syn-skipwhite*
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute(
|
||||
\ syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
|
||||
\ , "", 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
|
||||
" Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute(
|
||||
\ syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
|
||||
\ , "", 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
|
||||
" AUTOLOAD PORTION
|
||||
" Date: May 31, 2011
|
||||
" Version: 27
|
||||
" Date: Jan 17, 2012
|
||||
" Version: 28
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
|
||||
" License: Vim License (see vim's :help license)
|
||||
"
|
||||
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
||||
if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_tar= "v27"
|
||||
let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
|
||||
if v:version < 702
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg
|
||||
echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
|
||||
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
|
||||
call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing tarfile '.a:tarfile)
|
||||
call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
|
||||
keepj $put =''
|
||||
keepj 0d
|
||||
keepj sil! 0d
|
||||
keepj $
|
||||
|
||||
let tarfile= a:tarfile
|
||||
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
|
||||
" call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
|
||||
exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(bz2\|tbz\|tb2\)$'
|
||||
" call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
|
||||
exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lzma\|tlz\)$'
|
||||
" call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
|
||||
exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: Apr 02, 2011
|
||||
" Version: 33
|
||||
" Date: Jan 17, 2012
|
||||
" Version: 35
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
|
||||
" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
|
||||
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
|
||||
if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_vimball = "v33"
|
||||
let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
|
||||
if v:version < 702
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg
|
||||
echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
|
||||
@@ -220,7 +220,16 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
|
||||
|
||||
" go to vim plugin home
|
||||
if a:0 > 0
|
||||
" let user specify the directory where the vimball is to be unpacked.
|
||||
" If, however, the user did not specify a full path, set the home to be below the current directory
|
||||
let home= expand(a:1)
|
||||
if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
|
||||
if home !~ '^\a:[/\\]'
|
||||
let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
elseif home !~ '^/'
|
||||
let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
let home= vimball#VimballHome()
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -282,11 +291,14 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
|
||||
" call Decho("making directories if they don't exist yet (fname<".fname.">)")
|
||||
let fnamebuf= substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
|
||||
let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
|
||||
" call Decho("init: fnamebuf<".fnamebuf.">")
|
||||
" call Decho("init: dirpath <".dirpath.">")
|
||||
while fnamebuf =~ '/'
|
||||
let dirname = dirpath."/".substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','')
|
||||
let dirpath = dirname
|
||||
let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','')
|
||||
" call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
|
||||
" call Decho("dirpath<".dirpath.">")
|
||||
if !isdirectory(dirname)
|
||||
" call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
|
||||
if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
|
||||
@@ -569,9 +581,19 @@ endfun
|
||||
fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
|
||||
if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
|
||||
exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
|
||||
try
|
||||
exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
|
||||
catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
|
||||
call mkdir(fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g')))
|
||||
exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
|
||||
endtry
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
|
||||
try
|
||||
exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
|
||||
catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
|
||||
call mkdir(fnameescape(a:newdir))
|
||||
exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
|
||||
endtry
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Dret("ChgDir : curdir<".getcwd().">")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
@@ -745,6 +767,9 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
|
||||
" call Dret("RestoreSettings")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:keepcpo
|
||||
unlet s:keepcpo
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" Modelines: {{{1
|
||||
" vim: fdm=marker
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
||||
" zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
|
||||
" AUTOLOAD PORTION
|
||||
" Date: May 24, 2011
|
||||
" Version: 24
|
||||
" Date: Jan 17, 2012
|
||||
" Version: 25
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
|
||||
" License: Vim License (see vim's :help license)
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
|
||||
" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
|
||||
" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
|
||||
if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip= "v24"
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
|
||||
if v:version < 702
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg
|
||||
echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
|
||||
@@ -104,12 +104,12 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
|
||||
|
||||
" give header
|
||||
call append(0, ['" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip,
|
||||
\ '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
|
||||
\ '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
|
||||
\ '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
|
||||
\ '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
|
||||
keepj $
|
||||
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1))
|
||||
exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
|
||||
exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
|
||||
if v:shell_error != 0
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (zip#Browse) ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)." is not a zip file" | echohl None
|
||||
|
||||
13
runtime/compiler/erlang.vim
Normal file
13
runtime/compiler/erlang.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
" Vim compiler file
|
||||
" Compiler: Erlang
|
||||
" Maintainer: Dmitry Vasiliev <dima at hlabs dot org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012-02-13
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("current_compiler")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let current_compiler = "erlang"
|
||||
|
||||
CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %
|
||||
|
||||
CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:\ %m
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
|
||||
let current_compiler = "gcc"
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
CompilerSet errorformat=
|
||||
\%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
|
||||
let current_compiler = "rst"
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal errorformat=
|
||||
\%f:%l:\ (%tEBUG/0)\ %m,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 19
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 22
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ files matching *.c. You can also use autocommands to implement advanced
|
||||
features, such as editing compressed files (see |gzip-example|). The usual
|
||||
place to put autocommands is in your .vimrc or .exrc file.
|
||||
|
||||
*E203* *E204* *E143*
|
||||
*E203* *E204* *E143* *E855*
|
||||
WARNING: Using autocommands is very powerful, and may lead to unexpected side
|
||||
effects. Be careful not to destroy your text.
|
||||
- It's a good idea to do some testing on an expendable copy of a file first.
|
||||
@@ -448,6 +448,9 @@ BufWriteCmd Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
|
||||
'modified' if successful, unless '+' is in
|
||||
'cpo' and writing to another file |cpo-+|.
|
||||
The buffer contents should not be changed.
|
||||
When the command resets 'modified' the undo
|
||||
information is adjusted to mark older undo
|
||||
states as 'modified', like |:write| does.
|
||||
|Cmd-event|
|
||||
*BufWritePost*
|
||||
BufWritePost After writing the whole buffer to a file
|
||||
@@ -508,6 +511,7 @@ CursorMoved After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
|
||||
not expect or that is slow.
|
||||
*CursorMovedI*
|
||||
CursorMovedI After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
|
||||
Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
|
||||
Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
|
||||
*EncodingChanged*
|
||||
EncodingChanged Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
|
||||
@@ -695,7 +699,10 @@ MenuPopup Just before showing the popup menu (under the
|
||||
QuickFixCmdPre Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
|
||||
|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
|
||||
|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
|
||||
|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|).
|
||||
|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|,
|
||||
|:cfile|, |:cgetfile|, |:caddfile|, |:lfile|,
|
||||
|:lgetfile|, |:laddfile|, |:helpgrep|,
|
||||
|:lhelpgrep|).
|
||||
The pattern is matched against the command
|
||||
being run. When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
|
||||
is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
|
||||
@@ -706,7 +713,10 @@ QuickFixCmdPre Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
|
||||
*QuickFixCmdPost*
|
||||
QuickFixCmdPost Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
|
||||
command is run, before jumping to the first
|
||||
location. See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
|
||||
location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
|
||||
it is run after error file is read and before
|
||||
moving to the first error.
|
||||
See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
|
||||
*RemoteReply*
|
||||
RemoteReply When a reply from a Vim that functions as
|
||||
server was received |server2client()|. The
|
||||
@@ -1048,7 +1058,7 @@ Note that the 'eventignore' option applies here too. Events listed in this
|
||||
option will not cause any commands to be executed.
|
||||
|
||||
*:do* *:doau* *:doautocmd* *E217*
|
||||
:do[autocmd] [group] {event} [fname]
|
||||
:do[autocmd] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
|
||||
Apply the autocommands matching [fname] (default:
|
||||
current file name) for {event} to the current buffer.
|
||||
You can use this when the current file name does not
|
||||
@@ -1057,8 +1067,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
|
||||
It's possible to use this inside an autocommand too,
|
||||
so you can base the autocommands for one extension on
|
||||
another extension. Example: >
|
||||
:au Bufenter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
|
||||
:au Bufenter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
|
||||
:au BufEnter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
|
||||
:au BufEnter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
|
||||
< Be careful to avoid endless loops. See
|
||||
|autocmd-nested|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1067,14 +1077,17 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
|
||||
argument is included, Vim executes only the matching
|
||||
autocommands for that group. Note: if you use an
|
||||
undefined group name, Vim gives you an error message.
|
||||
|
||||
*<nomodeline>*
|
||||
After applying the autocommands the modelines are
|
||||
processed, so that their settings overrule the
|
||||
settings from autocommands, like what happens when
|
||||
editing a file.
|
||||
editing a file. This is skipped when the <nomodeline>
|
||||
argument is present. You probably want to use
|
||||
<nomodeline> for events that are not used when loading
|
||||
a buffer, such as |User|.
|
||||
|
||||
*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
|
||||
:doautoa[ll] [group] {event} [fname]
|
||||
:doautoa[ll] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
|
||||
Like ":doautocmd", but apply the autocommands to each
|
||||
loaded buffer. Note that [fname] is used to select
|
||||
the autocommands, not the buffers to which they are
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jun 19
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 04
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
|
||||
"D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until
|
||||
the end of the line. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete*
|
||||
*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl*
|
||||
:[range]d[elete] [x] Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into
|
||||
register x].
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
|
||||
start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
|
||||
blanks before the start and after the end of the motion, the delete becomes
|
||||
linewise. This means that the delete also removes the line of blanks that you
|
||||
might expect to remain.
|
||||
might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to force the motion to be
|
||||
characterwise.
|
||||
|
||||
Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
|
||||
is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Mar 27
|
||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 05
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -426,6 +426,8 @@ a previous version <Esc> was used). In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
|
||||
'?' are accepted when matching file names. '*' matches any string, '?'
|
||||
matches exactly one character.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'wildignorecase' option can be set to ignore case in filenames.
|
||||
|
||||
If you like tcsh's autolist completion, you can use this mapping:
|
||||
:cnoremap X <C-L><C-D>
|
||||
(Where X is the command key to use, <C-L> is CTRL-L and <C-D> is CTRL-D)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*debug.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Dec 22
|
||||
*debug.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 11
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ For debugging Vim scripts, functions, etc. see |debug-scripts|
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb *debug-gcc*
|
||||
1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb *debug-gcc* *gdb*
|
||||
|
||||
When Vim crashes in one of the test files, and you are using gcc for
|
||||
compilation, here is what you can do to find out exactly where Vim crashes.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*develop.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2008 Dec 17
|
||||
*develop.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 10
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -232,6 +232,17 @@ time shadows global declaration
|
||||
new C++ reserved keyword
|
||||
try Borland C++ doesn't like it to be used as a variable.
|
||||
|
||||
clear Mac curses.h
|
||||
echo Mac curses.h
|
||||
instr Mac curses.h
|
||||
meta Mac curses.h
|
||||
newwin Mac curses.h
|
||||
nl Mac curses.h
|
||||
overwrite Mac curses.h
|
||||
refresh Mac curses.h
|
||||
scroll Mac curses.h
|
||||
typeahead Mac curses.h
|
||||
|
||||
basename() GNU string function
|
||||
dirname() GNU string function
|
||||
get_env_value() Linux system function
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 13
|
||||
*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Mar 07
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
|
||||
*E712*
|
||||
There are six types of variables:
|
||||
|
||||
Number A 32 bit signed number. |expr-number| *Number*
|
||||
Number A 32 or 64 bit signed number. |expr-number| *Number*
|
||||
Examples: -123 0x10 0177
|
||||
|
||||
Float A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
|
||||
@@ -615,7 +615,6 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
|
||||
- expr7 unary minus
|
||||
+ expr7 unary plus
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a |List|
|
||||
expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a |List|
|
||||
expr8.name entry in a |Dictionary|
|
||||
@@ -801,11 +800,12 @@ expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
|
||||
For |Lists| only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The
|
||||
result is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
|
||||
|
||||
expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
|
||||
expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
|
||||
expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
|
||||
expr7 * expr7 .. Number multiplication *expr-star*
|
||||
expr7 / expr7 .. Number division *expr-/*
|
||||
expr7 % expr7 .. Number modulo *expr-%*
|
||||
|
||||
For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
|
||||
For bitwise operators see |and()|, |or()| and |xor()|.
|
||||
|
||||
Note the difference between "+" and ".":
|
||||
"123" + "456" = 579
|
||||
@@ -945,7 +945,8 @@ When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
|
||||
*expr9*
|
||||
number
|
||||
------
|
||||
number number constant *expr-number*
|
||||
number number constant *expr-number*
|
||||
*hex-number* *octal-number*
|
||||
|
||||
Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1687,6 +1688,7 @@ USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
|
||||
abs( {expr}) Float or Number absolute value of {expr}
|
||||
acos( {expr}) Float arc cosine of {expr}
|
||||
add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to |List| {list}
|
||||
and( {expr}, {expr}) Number bitwise AND
|
||||
append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
|
||||
append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
|
||||
argc() Number number of files in the argument list
|
||||
@@ -1744,7 +1746,8 @@ exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
|
||||
extend( {expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
|
||||
List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
|
||||
exp( {expr}) Float exponential of {expr}
|
||||
expand( {expr} [, {flag}]) String expand special keywords in {expr}
|
||||
expand( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
|
||||
any expand special keywords in {expr}
|
||||
feedkeys( {string} [, {mode}]) Number add key sequence to typeahead buffer
|
||||
filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
|
||||
filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
|
||||
@@ -1766,7 +1769,7 @@ foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
|
||||
foldtextresult( {lnum}) String text for closed fold at {lnum}
|
||||
foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
|
||||
function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
|
||||
garbagecollect( [at_exit]) none free memory, breaking cyclic references
|
||||
garbagecollect( [{atexit}]) none free memory, breaking cyclic references
|
||||
get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
|
||||
get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
|
||||
getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
|
||||
@@ -1798,7 +1801,8 @@ gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name})
|
||||
getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
|
||||
getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
|
||||
getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) any variable {varname} in window {nr}
|
||||
glob( {expr} [, {flag}]) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
|
||||
glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
|
||||
any expand file wildcards in {expr}
|
||||
globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
|
||||
String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
|
||||
has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
|
||||
@@ -1825,6 +1829,7 @@ inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
|
||||
inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
|
||||
inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
|
||||
insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
|
||||
invert( {expr}) Number bitwise invert
|
||||
isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
|
||||
islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
|
||||
items( {dict}) List key-value pairs in {dict}
|
||||
@@ -1841,7 +1846,8 @@ log( {expr}) Float natural logarithm (base e) of {expr}
|
||||
log10( {expr}) Float logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10
|
||||
map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
|
||||
maparg( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
|
||||
String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
|
||||
String or Dict
|
||||
rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
|
||||
mapcheck( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
|
||||
String check for mappings matching {name}
|
||||
match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
|
||||
@@ -1864,6 +1870,7 @@ mode( [expr]) String current editing mode
|
||||
mzeval( {expr}) any evaluate |MzScheme| expression
|
||||
nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
|
||||
nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
|
||||
or( {expr}, {expr}) Number bitwise OR
|
||||
pathshorten( {expr}) String shorten directory names in a path
|
||||
pow( {x}, {y}) Float {x} to the power of {y}
|
||||
prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
|
||||
@@ -1987,6 +1994,7 @@ winsaveview() Dict save view of current window
|
||||
winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
|
||||
writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
|
||||
Number write list of lines to file {fname}
|
||||
xor( {expr}, {expr}) Number bitwise XOR
|
||||
|
||||
abs({expr}) *abs()*
|
||||
Return the absolute value of {expr}. When {expr} evaluates to
|
||||
@@ -2026,6 +2034,13 @@ add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
|
||||
Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
and({expr}, {expr}) *and()*
|
||||
Bitwise AND on the two arguments. The arguments are converted
|
||||
to a number. A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:let flag = and(bits, 0x80)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
|
||||
When {expr} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a
|
||||
text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
|
||||
@@ -2729,13 +2744,15 @@ exp({expr}) *exp()*
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
|
||||
expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]]) *expand()*
|
||||
Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
|
||||
The result is a String. 'wildignorecase' applies.
|
||||
'wildignorecase' applies.
|
||||
|
||||
When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
|
||||
characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
|
||||
caused problems when a file name contains a space]
|
||||
If {list} is given and it is non-zero, a List will be returned.
|
||||
Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
|
||||
matches, they are separated by <NL> characters. [Note: in
|
||||
version 5.0 a space was used, which caused problems when a
|
||||
file name contains a space]
|
||||
|
||||
If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
|
||||
for a non-existing file is not included.
|
||||
@@ -2789,10 +2806,10 @@ expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
|
||||
When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
|
||||
expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
|
||||
'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
|
||||
{flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
|
||||
non-existing files are included. The "**" item can be used to
|
||||
search in a directory tree. For example, to find all "README"
|
||||
files in the current directory and below: >
|
||||
{nosuf} argument is given and it is non-zero.
|
||||
Names for non-existing files are included. The "**" item can
|
||||
be used to search in a directory tree. For example, to find
|
||||
all "README" files in the current directory and below: >
|
||||
:echo expand("**/README")
|
||||
<
|
||||
Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
|
||||
@@ -3065,7 +3082,7 @@ function({name}) *function()* *E700*
|
||||
{name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
garbagecollect([at_exit]) *garbagecollect()*
|
||||
garbagecollect([{atexit}]) *garbagecollect()*
|
||||
Cleanup unused |Lists| and |Dictionaries| that have circular
|
||||
references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
|
||||
function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
|
||||
@@ -3075,7 +3092,7 @@ garbagecollect([at_exit]) *garbagecollect()*
|
||||
This is useful if you have deleted a very big |List| and/or
|
||||
|Dictionary| with circular references in a script that runs
|
||||
for a long time.
|
||||
When the optional "at_exit" argument is one, garbage
|
||||
When the optional {atexit} argument is one, garbage
|
||||
collection will also be done when exiting Vim, if it wasn't
|
||||
done before. This is useful when checking for memory leaks.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3151,6 +3168,8 @@ getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
|
||||
one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
|
||||
Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
|
||||
|
||||
Use getcharmod() to obtain any additional modifiers.
|
||||
|
||||
When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
|
||||
returned. The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
|
||||
|v:mouse_lnum| and |v:mouse_win|. This example positions the
|
||||
@@ -3189,10 +3208,11 @@ getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
|
||||
2 shift
|
||||
4 control
|
||||
8 alt (meta)
|
||||
16 mouse double click
|
||||
32 mouse triple click
|
||||
64 mouse quadruple click
|
||||
128 Macintosh only: command
|
||||
16 meta (when it's different from ALT)
|
||||
32 mouse double click
|
||||
64 mouse triple click
|
||||
96 mouse quadruple click (== 32 + 64)
|
||||
128 command (Macintosh only)
|
||||
Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
|
||||
character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
|
||||
without a modifier.
|
||||
@@ -3436,18 +3456,23 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
|
||||
:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
|
||||
:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
|
||||
<
|
||||
glob({expr} [, {flag}]) *glob()*
|
||||
glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]]) *glob()*
|
||||
Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. See |wildcards| for the
|
||||
use of special characters.
|
||||
The result is a String.
|
||||
When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
|
||||
characters.
|
||||
Unless the optional {flag} argument is given and is non-zero,
|
||||
|
||||
Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is non-zero,
|
||||
the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
|
||||
one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
|
||||
'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
|
||||
'wildignorecase' always applies.
|
||||
If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
|
||||
|
||||
When {list} is present and it is non-zero the result is a List
|
||||
with all matching files. The advantage of using a List is,
|
||||
you also get filenames containing newlines correctly.
|
||||
Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
|
||||
matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
|
||||
|
||||
If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
|
||||
A name for a non-existing file is not included.
|
||||
|
||||
For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
|
||||
@@ -3782,6 +3807,11 @@ insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
|
||||
Note that when {item} is a |List| it is inserted as a single
|
||||
item. Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.
|
||||
|
||||
invert({expr}) *invert()*
|
||||
Bitwise invert. The argument is converted to a number. A
|
||||
List, Dict or Float argument causes an error. Example: >
|
||||
:let bits = invert(bits)
|
||||
|
||||
isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
|
||||
The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
|
||||
with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
|
||||
@@ -3920,11 +3950,12 @@ line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
|
||||
Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
|
||||
{lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
|
||||
the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
|
||||
line returns 1.
|
||||
line returns 1. 'encoding' matters, 'fileencoding' is ignored.
|
||||
This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
|
||||
below the last line: >
|
||||
line2byte(line("$") + 1)
|
||||
< This is the file size plus one.
|
||||
< This is the buffer size plus one. If 'fileencoding' is empty
|
||||
it is the file size plus one.
|
||||
When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
|
||||
disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
|
||||
Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
|
||||
@@ -4347,6 +4378,13 @@ getpos({expr}) Get the position for {expr}. For possible values of {expr}
|
||||
call setpos('.', save_cursor)
|
||||
< Also see |setpos()|.
|
||||
|
||||
or({expr}, {expr}) *or()*
|
||||
Bitwise OR on the two arguments. The arguments are converted
|
||||
to a number. A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:let bits = or(bits, 0x80)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pathshorten({expr}) *pathshorten()*
|
||||
Shorten directory names in the path {expr} and return the
|
||||
result. The tail, the file name, is kept as-is. The other
|
||||
@@ -4785,6 +4823,10 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]) *search()*
|
||||
Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
|
||||
cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
|
||||
|
||||
If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
|
||||
move. No error message is given.
|
||||
When a match has been found its line number is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
{flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
|
||||
'b' search backward instead of forward
|
||||
'c' accept a match at the cursor position
|
||||
@@ -4818,9 +4860,6 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]) *search()*
|
||||
giving the argument.
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+reltime| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
|
||||
move. No error message is given.
|
||||
When a match has been found its line number is returned.
|
||||
*search()-sub-match*
|
||||
With the 'p' flag the returned value is one more than the
|
||||
first sub-match in \(\). One if none of them matched but the
|
||||
@@ -5039,7 +5078,8 @@ setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
|
||||
line.
|
||||
|
||||
setline({lnum}, {text}) *setline()*
|
||||
Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.
|
||||
Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}. To insert
|
||||
lines use |append()|.
|
||||
{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
|
||||
When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
|
||||
added as a new line.
|
||||
@@ -6121,8 +6161,16 @@ writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
|
||||
To copy a file byte for byte: >
|
||||
:let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
|
||||
:call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
xor({expr}, {expr}) *xor()*
|
||||
Bitwise XOR on the two arguments. The arguments are converted
|
||||
to a number. A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*feature-list*
|
||||
There are three types of features:
|
||||
1. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
|
||||
@@ -6226,6 +6274,7 @@ mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
|
||||
mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
|
||||
mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
|
||||
mouse_sysmouse Compiled with support for sysmouse (*BSD console mouse)
|
||||
mouse_urxvt Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
|
||||
mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
|
||||
mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
|
||||
multi_byte Compiled with support for 'encoding'
|
||||
@@ -6302,6 +6351,7 @@ windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
|
||||
writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
|
||||
xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
|
||||
xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
|
||||
xpm_w32 Compiled with pixmap support for Win32.
|
||||
xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
|
||||
xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
|
||||
xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
|
||||
@@ -6374,7 +6424,7 @@ last defined. Example: >
|
||||
<
|
||||
See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
*E124* *E125*
|
||||
*E124* *E125* *E853*
|
||||
:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
|
||||
Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
|
||||
must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
|
||||
@@ -6635,9 +6685,9 @@ Hint: If you distribute a bunch of scripts you can pack them together with the
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
6. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
|
||||
|
||||
Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
|
||||
This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
|
||||
{} like this: >
|
||||
In most places where you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name"
|
||||
variable. This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions
|
||||
wrapped in braces {} like this: >
|
||||
my_{adjective}_variable
|
||||
|
||||
When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
|
||||
@@ -6673,6 +6723,11 @@ Example: >
|
||||
|
||||
This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
|
||||
|
||||
This does NOT work: >
|
||||
:let i = 3
|
||||
:let @{i} = '' " error
|
||||
:echo @{i} " error
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Commands *expression-commands*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Nov 03
|
||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 22
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -147,6 +147,15 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
|
||||
If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
|
||||
window Vim is running in with this command: >
|
||||
:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
|
||||
<
|
||||
*gui-IME* *iBus*
|
||||
Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
|
||||
framework, most notably iBus, have been known to produce undesirable results
|
||||
in gVim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
|
||||
between typing a character and it being recognized by the application.
|
||||
|
||||
One workaround that has been successful, for unknown reasons, is to prevent
|
||||
gvim from forking into the background by starting it with the |-f| argument.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. Scrollbars *gui-scrollbars*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Dec 19
|
||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 23
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ options:
|
||||
And if there already is a gvim running:
|
||||
"Edit with existing gvim" -- edit the file with the running gvim
|
||||
|
||||
The "edit with existing Vim" entries can be disabled by adding an entry in the
|
||||
registry under HKLM\Software\Vim\Gvim, named DisableEditWithExisting, and with
|
||||
any value.
|
||||
*install-registry*
|
||||
You can add the "Edit with Vim" menu entry in an easy way by using the
|
||||
"install.exe" program. It will add several registry entries for you.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Jul 20
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Sep 14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ When using "gvim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground. The
|
||||
":gui -b".
|
||||
|
||||
"gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".
|
||||
*E851* *E852*
|
||||
When starting the GUI fails Vim will try to continue running in the terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want the GUI to run in the foreground always, include the 'f'
|
||||
flag in 'guioptions'. |-f|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 07
|
||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 04
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||
@@ -222,8 +222,9 @@ Buffer objects represent vim buffers. You can obtain them in a number of ways:
|
||||
- from indexing vim.buffers (|python-buffers|)
|
||||
- from the "buffer" attribute of a window (|python-window|)
|
||||
|
||||
Buffer objects have one read-only attribute - name - the full file name for
|
||||
the buffer. They also have three methods (append, mark, and range; see below).
|
||||
Buffer objects have two read-only attributes - name - the full file name for
|
||||
the buffer, and number - the buffer number. They also have three methods
|
||||
(append, mark, and range; see below).
|
||||
|
||||
You can also treat buffer objects as sequence objects. In this context, they
|
||||
act as if they were lists (yes, they are mutable) of strings, with each
|
||||
@@ -380,7 +381,7 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
|
||||
*has-python*
|
||||
You can test what Python version is available with: >
|
||||
if has('python')
|
||||
echo 'there is Pyton 2.x'
|
||||
echo 'there is Python 2.x'
|
||||
elseif has('python3')
|
||||
echo 'there is Python 3.x'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*indent.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 15
|
||||
*indent.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Sep 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation. The value after
|
||||
the option character can be one of these (N is any number):
|
||||
N indent N spaces
|
||||
-N indent N spaces to the left
|
||||
Ns N times 'shiftwidth spaces
|
||||
-Ns N times 'shiftwidth spaces to the left
|
||||
Ns N times 'shiftwidth' spaces
|
||||
-Ns N times 'shiftwidth' spaces to the left
|
||||
|
||||
In the list below,
|
||||
"N" represents a number of your choice (the number can be negative). When
|
||||
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
|
||||
c3 c3
|
||||
) && c4; ) && c4;
|
||||
<
|
||||
*cino-2*
|
||||
*cino-w*
|
||||
wN When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
|
||||
using "(0" or "u0", respectively, or using "U0" and the unclosed
|
||||
parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
|
||||
@@ -706,6 +706,43 @@ Indent for a continuation line: >
|
||||
let g:pyindent_continue = '&sw * 2'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
R *ft-r-indent*
|
||||
|
||||
Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
|
||||
do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let r_indent_align_args = 0
|
||||
<
|
||||
All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
|
||||
level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
|
||||
beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
|
||||
and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
|
||||
characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
|
||||
<
|
||||
If you prefer that lines beginning with a single # are aligned at a column
|
||||
different from the 40th one, you should set a new value to the variable
|
||||
r_indent_comment_column, as in the example below:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let r_indent_comment_column = 30
|
||||
<
|
||||
Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
|
||||
indent the code if it is a top level function. If you prefer that the
|
||||
Vim-R-plugin behaves like Emacs/ESS in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
|
||||
<
|
||||
Below is an example of indentation with and without this option enabled:
|
||||
>
|
||||
### r_indent_ess_compatible = 1 ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
|
||||
foo <- foo <-
|
||||
function(x) function(x)
|
||||
{ {
|
||||
paste(x) paste(x)
|
||||
} }
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL *ft-sh-indent*
|
||||
|
||||
The amount of indent applied under various circumstances in a shell file can
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jan 04
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Aug 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:k| :k set a mark
|
||||
|:keepalt| :keepa[lt] following command keeps the alternate file
|
||||
|:keepmarks| :kee[pmarks] following command keeps marks where they are
|
||||
|:keepjumps| :keepj[jumps] following command keeps jumplist and marks
|
||||
|:keepjumps| :keepj[umps] following command keeps jumplist and marks
|
||||
|:lNext| :lN[ext] go to previous entry in location list
|
||||
|:lNfile| :lNf[ile] go to last entry in previous file
|
||||
|:list| :l[ist] print lines
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Nov 10
|
||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 26
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -1010,7 +1010,8 @@ number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')". This involves looking
|
||||
at the characters just before the cursor and including those characters that
|
||||
could be part of the completed item. The text between this column and the
|
||||
cursor column will be replaced with the matches. Return -1 if no completion
|
||||
can be done.
|
||||
can be done, the completion will be cancelled with an error message. Return
|
||||
-2 to cancel silently.
|
||||
|
||||
On the second invocation the arguments are:
|
||||
a:findstart 0
|
||||
@@ -1020,6 +1021,21 @@ On the second invocation the arguments are:
|
||||
The function must return a List with the matching words. These matches
|
||||
usually include the "a:base" text. When there are no matches return an empty
|
||||
List.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to return more information than the matching words, return a Dict
|
||||
that contains the List. The Dict can have these items:
|
||||
words The List of matching words (mandatory).
|
||||
refresh A string to control re-invocation of the function
|
||||
(optional).
|
||||
The only value currently recognized is "always", the
|
||||
effect is that the function is called whenever the
|
||||
leading text is changed.
|
||||
Other items are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the function can contain this: >
|
||||
let matches = ... list of words ...
|
||||
return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}
|
||||
<
|
||||
*complete-items*
|
||||
Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary. When it is a string it
|
||||
is used as the completion. When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
|
||||
@@ -1040,9 +1056,10 @@ items:
|
||||
empty when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
|
||||
an empty string
|
||||
|
||||
All of these except 'icase' must be a string. If an item does not meet these
|
||||
requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
|
||||
not used. You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
|
||||
All of these except 'icase', 'dup' and 'empty' must be a string. If an item
|
||||
does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and further
|
||||
items in the list are not used. You can mix string and Dictionary items in
|
||||
the returned list.
|
||||
|
||||
The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
|
||||
be relatively short. The "info" item can be longer, it will be displayed in
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jun 13
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
|
||||
|
||||
For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
|
||||
the abbreviation. You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}. You
|
||||
you should not either insert or change the v:char.
|
||||
should not either insert or change the v:char.
|
||||
|
||||
Be very careful about side effects! The expression is evaluated while
|
||||
obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
|
||||
@@ -237,11 +237,18 @@ For this reason the following is blocked:
|
||||
- Editing another buffer.
|
||||
- The |:normal| command.
|
||||
- Moving the cursor is allowed, but it is restored afterwards.
|
||||
- You can use getchar(), but the existing typeahead isn't seen and new
|
||||
typeahead is discarded.
|
||||
If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
|
||||
that.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
|
||||
have these mappings: >
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L> nr2char(getchar())
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L>x "foo"
|
||||
If you now type CTRL-L nothing happens yet, Vim needs the next character to
|
||||
decide what mapping to use. If you type 'x' the second mapping is used and
|
||||
"foo" is inserted. If you type any other key the first mapping is used,
|
||||
getchar() gets the typed key and returns it.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
|
||||
let counter = 0
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
|
||||
@@ -520,7 +527,7 @@ mappings.
|
||||
<LocalLeader> is just like <Leader>, except that it uses "maplocalleader"
|
||||
instead of "mapleader". <LocalLeader> is to be used for mappings which are
|
||||
local to a buffer. Example: >
|
||||
:map <LocalLeader>q \DoItNow
|
||||
:map <buffer> <LocalLeader>A oanother line<Esc>
|
||||
<
|
||||
In a global plugin <Leader> should be used and in a filetype plugin
|
||||
<LocalLeader>. "mapleader" and "maplocalleader" can be equal. Although, if
|
||||
@@ -544,6 +551,7 @@ construct can be used:
|
||||
<Char-123> character 123
|
||||
<Char-033> character 27
|
||||
<Char-0x7f> character 127
|
||||
<S-Char-114> character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
|
||||
This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
|
||||
Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 18
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
|
||||
number of Hira-gana characters are 76. So, first, we pre-input text as
|
||||
pronounced in Hira-gana, second, we convert Hira-gana to Kanji or Kata-Kana,
|
||||
if needed. There are some Kana-Kanji conversion server: jserver
|
||||
(distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna. Canna could be found at:
|
||||
ftp://ftp.nec.co.jp/pub/Canna/ (no longer works).
|
||||
(distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna. Canna can be found at:
|
||||
http://canna.sourceforge.jp/
|
||||
|
||||
There is a good input system: Wnn4.2. Wnn 4.2 contains,
|
||||
xwnmo (|IM-server|)
|
||||
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Use the RPM or port for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USING XIM *multibyte-input* *E284* *E286* *E287* *E288*
|
||||
*E285* *E291* *E292* *E290* *E289*
|
||||
*E285* *E289*
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Display and Input are independent. It is possible to see your
|
||||
language even though you have no input method for it. But when your Display
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Dec 11
|
||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 15
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
|
||||
system. Some systems accept aliases like "en" or
|
||||
"en_US", but some only accept the full specification
|
||||
like "en_US.ISO_8859-1". On Unix systems you can use
|
||||
the this command to see what locales are supported: >
|
||||
this command to see what locales are supported: >
|
||||
:!locale -a
|
||||
< With the "messages" argument the language used for
|
||||
messages is set. This can be different when you want,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jun 02
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 19
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -1017,8 +1017,6 @@ CTRL-O Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
|
||||
<Tab> or *CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
|
||||
CTRL-I Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
|
||||
(not a motion command).
|
||||
In a |quickfix-window| it takes you to the position of
|
||||
the error under the cursor.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Sep 29
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 26
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur et al.
|
||||
@@ -263,6 +263,12 @@ The messages are currently sent over a socket. Since the messages are in
|
||||
plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
|
||||
mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
Netbeans messages are processed when Vim is idle, waiting for user input.
|
||||
When Vim is run in non-interactive mode, for example when running an automated
|
||||
test case that sources a Vim script, the idle loop may not be called often
|
||||
enough. In that case, insert |:sleep| commands in the Vim script. The |:sleep|
|
||||
command does invoke Netbeans messages processing.
|
||||
|
||||
6.1 Kinds of messages |nb-messages|
|
||||
6.2 Terms |nb-terms|
|
||||
6.3 Commands |nb-commands|
|
||||
@@ -833,11 +839,16 @@ These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
|
||||
signs.
|
||||
|
||||
*:nbkey*
|
||||
:nb[key] {key} Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing
|
||||
|
||||
When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys command, this command
|
||||
can be used to generate a hotkey messages to the Vim Controller. The events
|
||||
newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are generated (in this order).
|
||||
:nb[key] {key} Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing.
|
||||
When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys
|
||||
command, this command can be used to generate a hotkey
|
||||
message to the Vim Controller.
|
||||
This command can also be used to pass any text to the
|
||||
Vim Controller. It is used by Pyclewn, for example,
|
||||
to build the complete set of gdb commands as Vim user
|
||||
commands.
|
||||
The events newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are
|
||||
generated (in this order).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 07
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 22
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -301,9 +301,8 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
|
||||
copying the value.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
:se[t] {option}< Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
|
||||
making it empty. Only makes sense for |global-local|
|
||||
options.
|
||||
:se[t] {option}< For |global-local| options: Remove the local value of
|
||||
{option}, so that the global value will be used.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:setg* *:setglobal*
|
||||
@@ -401,6 +400,9 @@ On Unix systems the form "${HOME}" can be used too. The name between {} can
|
||||
contain non-id characters then. Note that if you want to use this for the
|
||||
"gf" command, you need to add the '{' and '}' characters to 'isfname'.
|
||||
|
||||
On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
|
||||
at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: expanding environment variables and "~/" is only done with the ":set"
|
||||
command, not when assigning a value to an option with ":let".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1217,7 +1219,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|:bwipeout|
|
||||
|
||||
CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
|
||||
are lost without a warning.
|
||||
are lost without a warning. Also, these values may break autocommands
|
||||
that switch between buffers temporarily.
|
||||
This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
|
||||
special kinds of buffers. See |special-buffers|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3554,8 +3557,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
screen.
|
||||
|
||||
*'guioptions'* *'go'*
|
||||
'guioptions' 'go' string (default "gmrLtT" (MS-Windows),
|
||||
"agimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
|
||||
'guioptions' 'go' string (default "egmrLtT" (MS-Windows),
|
||||
"aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
|
||||
@@ -3858,14 +3861,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
are not applied.
|
||||
See also: 'incsearch' and |:match|.
|
||||
When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
|
||||
off with |:nohlsearch|. As soon as you use a search command, the
|
||||
highlighting comes back.
|
||||
off with |:nohlsearch|. This does not change the option value, as
|
||||
soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
|
||||
'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
|
||||
When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
|
||||
highlight all of the matched text. However, this depends on where the
|
||||
search starts. This will be the first line in the window or the first
|
||||
line below a closed fold. A match in a previous line which is not
|
||||
drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
|
||||
You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
|
||||
with the 'h' flag in 'viminfo' |viminfo-h|.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
*'history'* *'hi'*
|
||||
@@ -4861,6 +4866,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
written. A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
|
||||
values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
|
||||
reset.
|
||||
This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
|
||||
result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
|
||||
FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event. See |gzip-example| for
|
||||
an explanation.
|
||||
When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
|
||||
will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5049,7 +5058,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
|
||||
alpha If included, single alphabetical characters will be
|
||||
incremented or decremented. This is useful for a list with a
|
||||
letter index a), b), etc. *octal-number*
|
||||
letter index a), b), etc. *octal-nrformats*
|
||||
octal If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
|
||||
to be octal. Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
|
||||
hex If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
|
||||
@@ -5237,7 +5246,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
recognized as a compressed file.
|
||||
Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
|
||||
|
||||
*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347*
|
||||
*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
|
||||
'path' 'pa' string (default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
|
||||
on OS/2: ".,/emx/include,,"
|
||||
other systems: ".,,")
|
||||
@@ -5890,16 +5899,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
|
||||
'shellcmdflag' 'shcf' string (default: "-c", MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
|
||||
does not contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
|
||||
'shellcmdflag' 'shcf' string (default: "-c";
|
||||
MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
|
||||
contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
|
||||
"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir". For the MS-DOS-like
|
||||
systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
|
||||
reduce the need to set this option by the user. It's not used for
|
||||
OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself). See |option-backslash| about
|
||||
including spaces and backslashes. See |dos-shell|.
|
||||
OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).
|
||||
On Unix it can have more than one flag. Each white space separated
|
||||
part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
|
||||
See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||||
Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6027,8 +6040,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
0 and 2: use "shell 'shellcmdflag' cmd" to start external commands
|
||||
1 and 3: use "shell cmd" to start external commands
|
||||
|
||||
*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
|
||||
'shellxescape' 'sxe' string (default: "";
|
||||
for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
|
||||
option will be escaped with a '^' character. This makes it possible
|
||||
to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.
|
||||
|
||||
*'shellxquote'* *'sxq'*
|
||||
'shellxquote' 'sxq' string (default: "";
|
||||
for Win32, when 'shell' is cmd.exe: "("
|
||||
for Win32, when 'shell' contains "sh"
|
||||
somewhere: "\""
|
||||
for Unix, when using system(): "\"")
|
||||
@@ -6038,11 +6061,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
the "!" and ":!" commands. Includes the redirection. See
|
||||
'shellquote' to exclude the redirection. It's probably not useful
|
||||
to set both options.
|
||||
This is an empty string by default. Known to be useful for
|
||||
third-party shells when using the Win32 version, such as the MKS Korn
|
||||
Shell or bash, where it should be "\"". The default is adjusted
|
||||
according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option
|
||||
by the user. See |dos-shell|.
|
||||
When the value is '(' then ')' is appended. When the value is '"('
|
||||
then ')"' is appended.
|
||||
When the value is '(' then also see 'shellxescape'.
|
||||
This is an empty string by default on most systems, but is known to be
|
||||
useful for on Win32 version, either for cmd.exe which automatically
|
||||
strips off the first and last quote on a command, or 3rd-party shells
|
||||
such as the MKS Korn Shell or bash, where it should be "\"". The
|
||||
default is adjusted according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need
|
||||
to set this option by the user. See |dos-shell|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6755,8 +6782,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
usetab Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
|
||||
pages.
|
||||
split If included, split the current window before loading
|
||||
a buffer. Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
|
||||
Supported in |quickfix| commands that display errors.
|
||||
a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
|
||||
Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
|
||||
newtab Like "split", but open a new tab page. Overrules
|
||||
"split" when both are present.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7361,6 +7388,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
jsbterm JSB term mouse handling.
|
||||
*pterm-mouse*
|
||||
pterm QNX pterm mouse handling.
|
||||
*urxvt-mouse*
|
||||
urxvt Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
|
||||
|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
|
||||
@@ -7577,15 +7606,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
parameter. The following is a list of the identifying characters and
|
||||
the effect of their value.
|
||||
CHAR VALUE ~
|
||||
*viminfo-!*
|
||||
! When included, save and restore global variables that start
|
||||
with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
|
||||
letter. Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
|
||||
and "_K_L_M" are not. Nested List and Dict items may not be
|
||||
read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
|
||||
*viminfo-quote*
|
||||
" Maximum number of lines saved for each register. Old name of
|
||||
the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
|
||||
backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
|
||||
start of a comment!
|
||||
*viminfo-%*
|
||||
% When included, save and restore the buffer list. If Vim is
|
||||
started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
|
||||
restored. If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
|
||||
@@ -7595,38 +7627,48 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
|
||||
number of buffers that are stored. Without a number all
|
||||
buffers are stored.
|
||||
*viminfo-'*
|
||||
' Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
|
||||
are remembered. This parameter must always be included when
|
||||
'viminfo' is non-empty.
|
||||
Including this item also means that the |jumplist| and the
|
||||
|changelist| are stored in the viminfo file.
|
||||
*viminfo-/*
|
||||
/ Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
|
||||
saved. If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
|
||||
patterns are also saved. When not included, the value of
|
||||
'history' is used.
|
||||
*viminfo-:*
|
||||
: Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
|
||||
saved. When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
|
||||
*viminfo-<*
|
||||
< Maximum number of lines saved for each register. If zero then
|
||||
registers are not saved. When not included, all lines are
|
||||
saved. '"' is the old name for this item.
|
||||
Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in Kbyte.
|
||||
*viminfo-@*
|
||||
@ Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
|
||||
saved. When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
|
||||
*viminfo-c*
|
||||
c When included, convert the text in the viminfo file from the
|
||||
'encoding' used when writing the file to the current
|
||||
'encoding'. See |viminfo-encoding|.
|
||||
*viminfo-f*
|
||||
f Whether file marks need to be stored. If zero, file marks ('0
|
||||
to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored. When not present or when
|
||||
non-zero, they are all stored. '0 is used for the current
|
||||
cursor position (when exiting or when doing ":wviminfo").
|
||||
*viminfo-h*
|
||||
h Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the viminfo
|
||||
file. When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
|
||||
has been used since the last search command.
|
||||
*viminfo-n*
|
||||
n Name of the viminfo file. The name must immediately follow
|
||||
the 'n'. Must be the last one! If the "-i" argument was
|
||||
given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
|
||||
given here with 'viminfo'. Environment variables are expanded
|
||||
when opening the file, not when setting the option.
|
||||
*viminfo-r*
|
||||
r Removable media. The argument is a string (up to the next
|
||||
','). This parameter can be given several times. Each
|
||||
specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
|
||||
@@ -7635,6 +7677,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp". Case is
|
||||
ignored. Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
|
||||
characters.
|
||||
*viminfo-s*
|
||||
s Maximum size of an item in Kbyte. If zero then registers are
|
||||
not saved. Currently only applies to registers. The default
|
||||
"s10" will exclude registers with more than 10 Kbyte of text.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_vms.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Aug 16
|
||||
*os_vms.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Aug 14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
|
||||
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ You can download the Vim source code by ftp from the official Vim site:
|
||||
Or use one of the mirrors:
|
||||
ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
|
||||
|
||||
You will need both the Unix and Extra archives to build vim.exe for VMS.
|
||||
For using Vim's full power you will need the runtime files as well.
|
||||
|
||||
You can download precompiled executables from:
|
||||
http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
|
||||
ftp://ftp.polarhome.com/pub/vim/
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ See the file [.SRC]INSTALLVMS.TXT.
|
||||
4. Problems *vms-problems*
|
||||
|
||||
The code has been tested under Open VMS 6.2 - 8.2 on Alpha, VAX and IA64
|
||||
platforms with the DEC C compiler. It should work without bigger problems.
|
||||
platforms with the DEC C compiler. It should work without big problems.
|
||||
If your system does not have some include libraries you can tune up in
|
||||
OS_VMS_CONF.H file.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -88,11 +85,11 @@ Also GTK, XPM library paths should be configured in MAKE_VMS.MMS
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Under VAX it should work with the DEC C compiler without problems. The
|
||||
VAX C compiler is not fully ANSI C compatible in pre-processor directives
|
||||
semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program what will do the lion
|
||||
semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program that will do the lion
|
||||
part of the job. For detailed instructions read file INSTALLvms.txt
|
||||
|
||||
MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XD.EXE you should
|
||||
change to subdirectory and build it separately.
|
||||
MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
|
||||
change to a subdirectory and build it separately.
|
||||
|
||||
CTAGS is not part of the Vim source distribution anymore, however the OpenVMS
|
||||
specific source might contain CTAGS source files as described above.
|
||||
@@ -184,9 +181,9 @@ You may want to create .vimrc and .gvimrc files in your home directory
|
||||
|
||||
The easiest way is just rename example files. You may leave the menu file
|
||||
(MENU.VIM) and files vimrc and gvimrc in the original $VIM directory. It will
|
||||
be default setup for all users, and for users it is enough just to have their
|
||||
own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and .gvimrc.
|
||||
It should work without problems.
|
||||
be the default setup for all users, and for users it is enough to just have
|
||||
their own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and
|
||||
.gvimrc. It should work without problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Remember, system rc files (default for all users) don't have a leading
|
||||
".". So, system rc files are: >
|
||||
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@ and user customized rc files are: >
|
||||
sys$login:.vimrc
|
||||
sys$login:.gvimrc
|
||||
|
||||
You can check that everything is on the right place with the :version command.
|
||||
You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
|
||||
|
||||
Example LOGIN.COM: >
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -209,15 +206,15 @@ Example LOGIN.COM: >
|
||||
$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
|
||||
$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip
|
||||
|
||||
Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on standalone server or
|
||||
clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as internode editor in
|
||||
Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
|
||||
clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
|
||||
DECNET environment, it will satisfy as well.
|
||||
You just have to define the "whole" path: >
|
||||
|
||||
$ define VIM "<server_name>[""user password""]::device:<path>"
|
||||
$ vi*m :== "mcr VIM:VIM.EXE"
|
||||
|
||||
As for example: >
|
||||
For example: >
|
||||
|
||||
$ define VIM "PLUTO::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]"
|
||||
$ define VIM "PLUTO""ZAY mypass""::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]" ! if passwd required
|
||||
@@ -300,12 +297,12 @@ For more information type $help set disp in VMS prompt.
|
||||
|
||||
4) If you are working on MS-Windows or some other non X/Window environment
|
||||
you need to set up one X server and run Vim as in point 2.
|
||||
For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX , Omni X etc.,
|
||||
For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX, Omni X etc.,
|
||||
as well as excellent commercial products as eXcursion or ReflectionX with
|
||||
built-in DEC support.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note, that executables without GUI are slightly faster during startup
|
||||
then with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
|
||||
than with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
|
||||
features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
@@ -326,8 +323,8 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
|
||||
8.12 diff-mode
|
||||
8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
|
||||
8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
|
||||
8.15 Slow start in console mode issue
|
||||
8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures
|
||||
8.15 Slow start in console mode issue
|
||||
8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures
|
||||
|
||||
8.1 Backspace/delete
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -360,7 +357,7 @@ number, try these settings. >
|
||||
:set nowritebackup " does not have any purpose on VMS. It's the
|
||||
" default.
|
||||
|
||||
Recovery is working perfect as well from the default swap file.
|
||||
Recovery is working perfectly as well from the default swap file.
|
||||
Read more with :help swapfile
|
||||
|
||||
(Claude Marinier <ClaudeMarinier@xwavesolutions.com> Vim 5.5, Zoltan Arpadffy
|
||||
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ Note: You may use <,> brackets as well (device:<path>file.ext;version) as
|
||||
rf10:<user.zay.work>test.c;1
|
||||
|
||||
(David Elins <delins@foliage.com>, Jerome Lauret
|
||||
<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6 )
|
||||
<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
8.5 Remote host invocation
|
||||
@@ -445,14 +442,14 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
|
||||
builtin_dumb
|
||||
defaulting to 'vt320'
|
||||
---
|
||||
The solution is to define default terminal name: >
|
||||
The solution is to define the default terminal name: >
|
||||
|
||||
$ ! unknown terminal name. Let us use vt320 or ansi instead.
|
||||
$ ! Note: it's case sensitive
|
||||
$ define term "vt320"
|
||||
|
||||
Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200 ) do not need any extra
|
||||
keyboard mappings. They should work perfect as they are, including arrows,
|
||||
Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200) do not need any extra
|
||||
keyboard mappings. They should work perfectly as they are, including arrows,
|
||||
Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode. To solve it, add to
|
||||
.gvimrc: >
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -465,8 +462,8 @@ your .vimrc file: >
|
||||
|
||||
set ttyfast " set fast terminal
|
||||
|
||||
Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through very slow connection, it's
|
||||
recommended to avoid fast terminal option with: >
|
||||
Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
|
||||
recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
|
||||
|
||||
set nottyfast " set terminal to slow mode
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -483,8 +480,8 @@ special commands to execute executables: >
|
||||
|
||||
OpenVMS users always have to be aware that the Vim command :! "just" drop them
|
||||
to DCL prompt. This feature is possible to use without any problem with all
|
||||
DCL commands, but if we want to execute some program as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS etc.
|
||||
we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
|
||||
DCL commands, but if we want to execute some programs such as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS,
|
||||
etc. we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
|
||||
xxd).
|
||||
|
||||
Solution: Execute with the MC command and add the full path to the executable.
|
||||
@@ -534,7 +531,7 @@ Example: >
|
||||
|
||||
$define SYS$PRINT HP5ANSI
|
||||
|
||||
You can print out whole buffer or just the marked area.
|
||||
You can print out the whole buffer or just the marked area.
|
||||
More info under :help hardcopy
|
||||
|
||||
(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.0c)
|
||||
@@ -561,16 +558,16 @@ will be confused after a window-resize.
|
||||
From 6.0 diff functionality has been implemented, but OpenVMS does not use
|
||||
GNU/Unix like diff therefore built in diff does not work.
|
||||
There is a simple solution to solve this anomaly. Install a Unix like diff
|
||||
and Vim will work perfect in diff mode too. You just have to redefine your
|
||||
and Vim will work perfectly in diff mode too. You just have to redefine your
|
||||
diff program as: >
|
||||
|
||||
define /nolog diff <GNU_PATH>diff.exe
|
||||
|
||||
Another, more sophisticated solution is described below (8.12 diff-mode)
|
||||
There are some other programs as patch, make etc that may cause same problems.
|
||||
At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for Alpha and VAX
|
||||
boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
|
||||
( Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
There are other programs such as patch, make etc that may cause the same
|
||||
problems. At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for
|
||||
Alpha and VAX boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
|
||||
(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
8.12 diff-mode
|
||||
@@ -632,7 +629,7 @@ You can now compare files in 4 ways: >
|
||||
3. VIM diff: $ VIMDIFF <FILE1> <FILE2>
|
||||
4. GVIM diff: $ GVIMDIFF <FILE1> <FILE2>
|
||||
|
||||
( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
|
||||
@@ -653,35 +650,36 @@ Now word-based commands, e.g. the '*'-search-command and the CTRL-]
|
||||
tag-lookup, work on the whole identifier. (Ctags on VMS also supports '$' in
|
||||
C keywords since ctags version 5.1.)
|
||||
|
||||
( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
|
||||
8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
|
||||
|
||||
It exits VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script that can help Vim beginners to learn/make
|
||||
first steps with Vim on OpenVMS. Depending of binary distribution you may
|
||||
start it with: >
|
||||
The VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script can help Vim beginners to learn/make their first
|
||||
steps with Vim on OpenVMS. Depending of binary distribution you may start it
|
||||
with: >
|
||||
|
||||
@vim:vimtutor
|
||||
|
||||
(Thomas.R.Wyant III, Vim 6.1)
|
||||
|
||||
8.14 Slow start in console mode issue
|
||||
8.16 Slow start in console mode issue
|
||||
|
||||
As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administrators
|
||||
deploy those executables system wide.
|
||||
Unfortunately, on a remote slow connections GUI/GTK executables behave rather
|
||||
slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X environment detection timeout.
|
||||
slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X
|
||||
environment detection timeout.
|
||||
|
||||
Luckily, there is a simple solution for that. Administrators need to deploy
|
||||
both GUI/GTK build and just console build executables, like below: >
|
||||
|
||||
|- vim73
|
||||
|----- doc
|
||||
|----- syntax
|
||||
|----- syntax
|
||||
vimrc (system rc files)
|
||||
gvimrc
|
||||
gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)
|
||||
vim.exe (the console only executable)
|
||||
gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)
|
||||
vim.exe (the console only executable)
|
||||
|
||||
Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -692,7 +690,7 @@ Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
|
||||
$ gv*im :== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:GVIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in
|
||||
Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in
|
||||
console mode can avoid performance problems.
|
||||
|
||||
(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 7.2)
|
||||
@@ -714,8 +712,8 @@ View of Cluster from system ID 11655 node: TOR
|
||||
+---------------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
|
||||
executables.
|
||||
There are more solutions for this problem:
|
||||
executables.
|
||||
There are several solutions for this problem:
|
||||
|
||||
Solution 1. All executables in the same directory with different names
|
||||
This is easily done with the following script that can be added
|
||||
@@ -769,7 +767,7 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
|
||||
Version 7.3
|
||||
- CTAGS 5.8 included
|
||||
- VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX
|
||||
- filepath completition corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
|
||||
- filepath completion corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
|
||||
and shell commands
|
||||
- the following plugins are included into VMS runtime:
|
||||
genutils 2.4, multiselect 2.2, multvals 3.1, selectbuf 4.3,
|
||||
@@ -784,10 +782,10 @@ Version 7.3
|
||||
Version 7.2 (2008 Aug 9)
|
||||
- VCF files write corrected
|
||||
- CTAGS 5.7 included
|
||||
- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error)
|
||||
- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error)
|
||||
|
||||
Version 7.1 (2007 Jun 15)
|
||||
- create TAGS file from menu
|
||||
- create TAGS file from menu
|
||||
|
||||
Version 7 (2006 May 8)
|
||||
- Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_win32.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 28
|
||||
*os_win32.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Aug 14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by George Reilly
|
||||
@@ -316,11 +316,11 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
|
||||
There are two optional arguments (see the next Q):
|
||||
/min the window will be minimized.
|
||||
/b" no console window will be opened
|
||||
You can only one of these flags at a time. A second second one will be
|
||||
You can use only one of these flags at a time. A second one will be
|
||||
treated as the start of the command.
|
||||
|
||||
Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
|
||||
A. You have two possible solutions depending on what exactly do you want:
|
||||
A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
|
||||
1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
|
||||
with no other changes. It will work equally for console and GUI
|
||||
applications.
|
||||
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what exactly do you want:
|
||||
console window for them (GUI applications are not affected). But you
|
||||
should use this flag only if the application you run doesn't require any
|
||||
input. Otherwise it will get an EOF error because its input stream
|
||||
(stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdoud and stderr too).
|
||||
(stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdout and stderr too).
|
||||
|
||||
Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
|
||||
:!start /min ctags -R .
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 25
|
||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Nov 26
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
|
||||
10. Highlighting matches |match-highlight|
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Search commands *search-commands* *E486*
|
||||
1. Search commands *search-commands*
|
||||
|
||||
*/*
|
||||
/{pattern}[/]<CR> Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of
|
||||
@@ -150,6 +150,11 @@ use <Esc> to abandon the search.
|
||||
All matches for the last used search pattern will be highlighted if you set
|
||||
the 'hlsearch' option. This can be suspended with the |:nohlsearch| command.
|
||||
|
||||
When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
|
||||
Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
|
||||
compatibility. For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
|
||||
error message |:s_flags|.
|
||||
|
||||
*search-offset* *{offset}*
|
||||
These commands search for the specified pattern. With "/" and "?" an
|
||||
additional offset may be given. There are two types of offsets: line offsets
|
||||
@@ -932,7 +937,7 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
|
||||
\l lowercase character: [a-z] */\l*
|
||||
\L non-lowercase character: [^a-z] */\L*
|
||||
\u uppercase character: [A-Z] */\u*
|
||||
\U non-uppercase character [^A-Z] */\U*
|
||||
\U non-uppercase character: [^A-Z] */\U*
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Using the atom is faster than the [] form.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,15 +1,21 @@
|
||||
*pi_getscript.txt* For Vim version 7.0. Last change: 2011 May 31
|
||||
*pi_getscript.txt* For Vim version 7.0. Last change: 2011 Jun 23
|
||||
>
|
||||
GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
<
|
||||
Authors: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from the email address)
|
||||
*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2010 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *glvs-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
|
||||
pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
|
||||
"getscript" instead of "Vim". No warranty, express or implied.
|
||||
Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *glvs-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
|
||||
package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
|
||||
instead of "VIM". Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
|
||||
associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
|
||||
any kind, either expressed or implied. No guarantees of
|
||||
merchantability. No guarantees of suitability for any purpose. By
|
||||
using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
|
||||
holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
|
||||
software. Use at your own risk!
|
||||
|
||||
Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
|
||||
scripts that you yourself use! Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
|
||||
@@ -374,6 +380,8 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
9. GetLatestVimScripts History *getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
|
||||
(tgz taz tbz txz)
|
||||
v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
|
||||
* *.xz support
|
||||
v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 31
|
||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 26
|
||||
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *netrw-copyright*
|
||||
5. Activation...........................................|netrw-activate|
|
||||
6. Transparent Remote File Editing......................|netrw-transparent|
|
||||
7. Ex Commands..........................................|netrw-ex|
|
||||
8. Variables and Options................................|netrw-var|
|
||||
8. Variables and Options................................|netrw-settings|
|
||||
9. Browsing.............................................|netrw-browse|
|
||||
Introduction To Browsing...........................|netrw-intro-browse|
|
||||
Quick Reference: Maps..............................|netrw-browse-maps|
|
||||
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *netrw-copyright*
|
||||
Marked Files: Unmarking............................|netrw-mu|
|
||||
Netrw Browser Variables............................|netrw-browser-var|
|
||||
Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities........|netrw-incompatible|
|
||||
Netrw Settings.....................................|netrw-settings|
|
||||
Netrw Settings Window..............................|netrw-settings-window|
|
||||
Obtaining A File...................................|netrw-O|
|
||||
Preview Window.....................................|netrw-p|
|
||||
Previous Window....................................|netrw-P|
|
||||
@@ -294,14 +294,14 @@ DIRECTORY LISTING *netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2
|
||||
CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD *netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
Attempts to use ftp will prompt you for a user-id and a password.
|
||||
These will be saved in global variables g:netrw_uid and
|
||||
s:netrw_passwd; subsequent uses of ftp will re-use those two items to
|
||||
simplify the further use of ftp. However, if you need to use a
|
||||
different user id and/or password, you'll want to call NetUserPass()
|
||||
These will be saved in global variables |g:netrw_uid| and
|
||||
|s:netrw_passwd|; subsequent use of ftp will re-use those two strings,
|
||||
thereby simplifying use of ftp. However, if you need to use a
|
||||
different user id and/or password, you'll want to call |NetUserPass()|
|
||||
first. To work around the need to enter passwords, check if your ftp
|
||||
supports a <.netrc> file in your home directory. Also see
|
||||
|netrw-passwd| (and if you're using ssh/scp hoping to figure out how
|
||||
to not need to use passwords, look at |netrw-ssh-hack|).
|
||||
to not need to use passwords for scp, look at |netrw-ssh-hack|).
|
||||
|
||||
:NetUserPass [uid [password]] -- prompts as needed
|
||||
:call NetUserPass() -- prompts for uid and password
|
||||
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD *netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2
|
||||
:call NetUserPass("uid","password") -- sets global uid and password
|
||||
|
||||
NETRW VARIABLES AND SETTINGS *netrw-variables* {{{2
|
||||
(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-settings| |netrw-var|)
|
||||
(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-settings|)
|
||||
|
||||
Netrw provides a lot of variables which allow you to customize netrw to your
|
||||
preferences. One way to look at them is via the command :NetrwSettings (see
|
||||
@@ -331,7 +331,8 @@ settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
|
||||
netrw edits a file. The file is first edited, and
|
||||
then the function reference (|Funcref|) is called.
|
||||
This variable may also hold a |List| of Funcrefs.
|
||||
(default) not defined
|
||||
(default) not defined. (the capital in g:Netrw...
|
||||
is required by its holding a function reference)
|
||||
>
|
||||
Example: place in .vimrc; affects all file opening
|
||||
fun! MyFuncRef()
|
||||
@@ -479,6 +480,9 @@ variable (ex. scp uses the variable g:netrw_scp_cmd, which is defaulted to
|
||||
let g:netrw_scp_cmd = '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\pscp.exe" -q -batch'
|
||||
let g:netrw_sftp_cmd= '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\psftp.exe"'
|
||||
<
|
||||
(note: it has been reported that windows 7 with putty v0.6's "-batch" option
|
||||
doesn't work, so its best to leave it off for that system)
|
||||
|
||||
See |netrw-p8| for more about putty, pscp, psftp, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Ftp, an old protocol, seems to be blessed by numerous implementations.
|
||||
@@ -716,13 +720,16 @@ below, a {netfile} is an url to a remote file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
8. Variables and Options *netrw-options* *netrw-var* {{{1
|
||||
8. Variables and Options *netrw-settings* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
(if you're interested in the netrw browser settings, see: |netrw-browser-var|)
|
||||
(also see: |netrw-options| |netrw-variables| |netrw-protocol|
|
||||
|netrw-browser-settings| |netrw-browser-options|
|
||||
|netrw-browser-var| )
|
||||
|
||||
The <netrw.vim> script provides several variables which act as options to
|
||||
affect <netrw.vim>'s file transfer behavior. These variables typically may be
|
||||
set in the user's <.vimrc> file: (see also |netrw-settings| |netrw-protocol|)
|
||||
*netrw-options*
|
||||
>
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
Netrw Options
|
||||
@@ -754,6 +761,7 @@ set in the user's <.vimrc> file: (see also |netrw-settings| |netrw-protocol|)
|
||||
=1 use default method to do ftp >
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
<
|
||||
*netrw-internal-variables*
|
||||
The script will also make use of the following variables internally, albeit
|
||||
temporarily.
|
||||
>
|
||||
@@ -1147,15 +1155,14 @@ allows one to open a new window to hold the new directory listing or file. A
|
||||
horizontal split is used. (for vertical splitting, see |netrw-v|)
|
||||
|
||||
Normally, the o key splits the window horizontally with the new window and
|
||||
cursor at the top. To change to splitting the window horizontally with the
|
||||
new window and cursor at the bottom, have
|
||||
|
||||
let g:netrw_alto = 1
|
||||
|
||||
in your <.vimrc>. (also see |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|)
|
||||
cursor at the top.
|
||||
|
||||
Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_alto| |g:netrw_winsize|
|
||||
|
||||
Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-p| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
|
||||
Associated setting variables:
|
||||
|g:netrw_alto| control above/below splitting
|
||||
|g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
|
||||
|
||||
BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB *netrw-t* *netrw-T* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1164,8 +1171,9 @@ allows one to open a new window holding the new directory listing or file in
|
||||
a new tab. The "T" version puts the file or directory into a background tab
|
||||
(see |gT|)
|
||||
|
||||
Related actions: |netrw-o| |netrw-v|
|
||||
|
||||
Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-p| |netrw-v|
|
||||
Associated setting variables:
|
||||
|g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
|
||||
|
||||
BROWSING WITH A VERTICALLY SPLIT WINDOW *netrw-v* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1174,18 +1182,18 @@ allows one to open a new window to hold the new directory listing or file. A
|
||||
vertical split is used. (for horizontal splitting, see |netrw-o|)
|
||||
|
||||
Normally, the v key splits the window vertically with the new window and
|
||||
cursor at the left. To change to splitting the window vertically with the new
|
||||
window and cursor at the right, have
|
||||
|
||||
let g:netrw_altv = 1
|
||||
|
||||
in your <.vimrc>. (also see: |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T|)
|
||||
cursor at the left.
|
||||
|
||||
There is only one tree listing buffer; using "v" on a displayed subdirectory
|
||||
will split the screen, but the same buffer will be shown twice.
|
||||
|
||||
Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_altv| |g:netrw_winsize|
|
||||
|
||||
Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
|
||||
Associated setting variables:
|
||||
|g:netrw_altv| control right/left splitting
|
||||
|g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
CHANGE LISTING STYLE (THIN LONG WIDE TREE) *netrw-i* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1386,6 +1394,7 @@ to remove it again using the g:netrw_rmf_cmd variable. Its default value is:
|
||||
|
||||
g:netrw_rmf_cmd: ssh HOSTNAME rm -f
|
||||
|
||||
Related topics: |netrw-d|
|
||||
Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_local_rmdir| |g:netrw_rm_cmd|
|
||||
|g:netrw_rmdir_cmd| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1520,7 +1529,7 @@ What it means:
|
||||
Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_hide| |g:netrw_list_hide|
|
||||
Associated topics: |netrw-a| |netrw-gh| |netrw-mh|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw-sort-sequence*
|
||||
EDITING THE SORTING SEQUENCE *netrw-S* *netrw-sortsequence* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
When "Sorted by" is name, one may specify priority via the sorting sequence
|
||||
@@ -1723,9 +1732,9 @@ directory's name. A bare <CR> at that point will abort the making of the
|
||||
directory. Attempts to make a local directory that already exists (as either
|
||||
a file or a directory) will be detected, reported on, and ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, making a directory via ftp is not supported.
|
||||
|
||||
Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_local_mkdir| |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
|
||||
Related topics: |netrw-D|
|
||||
Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_local_mkdir| |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
|
||||
|g:netrw_remote_mkdir|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY *netrw-c* {{{2
|
||||
@@ -1953,10 +1962,11 @@ MARKED FILES: UNMARKING *netrw-mu* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
The "mu" mapping will unmark all currently marked files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw-browser-settings*
|
||||
NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browser-options* *netrw-browser-var* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
(if you're interested in the netrw file transfer settings, see |netrw-options|)
|
||||
(if you're interested in the netrw file transfer settings, see |netrw-options|
|
||||
and |netrw-protocol|)
|
||||
|
||||
The <netrw.vim> browser provides settings in the form of variables which
|
||||
you may modify; by placing these settings in your <.vimrc>, you may customize
|
||||
@@ -2006,6 +2016,15 @@ your browsing preferences. (see also: |netrw-settings|)
|
||||
Will compress marked files with this
|
||||
command
|
||||
|
||||
*g:Netrw_corehandler* Allows one to specify something additional
|
||||
to do when handling <core> files via netrw's
|
||||
browser's "x" command (see |netrw-x|). If
|
||||
present, g:Netrw_corehandler specifies
|
||||
either one or more function references
|
||||
(see |Funcref|). (the capital g:Netrw...
|
||||
is required its holding a function reference)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_ctags* ="ctags"
|
||||
The default external program used to create tags
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2157,6 +2176,7 @@ your browsing preferences. (see also: |netrw-settings|)
|
||||
columnar.
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd* command for making a remote directory
|
||||
via ssh (also see |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|)
|
||||
default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_mousemaps* =1 (default) enables mouse buttons while
|
||||
@@ -2167,6 +2187,15 @@ your browsing preferences. (see also: |netrw-settings|)
|
||||
rightmouse : remove file/directory
|
||||
=0: disables mouse maps
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_nobeval* doesn't exist (default)
|
||||
If this variable exists, then balloon
|
||||
evaluation will be suppressed
|
||||
(see |'ballooneval'|)
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_remote_mkdir* command for making a local directory
|
||||
via ftp (also see |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|)
|
||||
default: "mkdir"
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_retmap* if it exists and is set to one, then:
|
||||
* if in a netrw-selected file, AND
|
||||
* no normal-mode <2-leftmouse> mapping exists,
|
||||
@@ -2279,6 +2308,9 @@ your browsing preferences. (see also: |netrw-settings|)
|
||||
is an integer describing the percentage of the
|
||||
current netrw buffer's window to be used for
|
||||
the new window.
|
||||
If g:netrw_winsize is less than zero, then
|
||||
the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize lines
|
||||
or columns will be used for the new window.
|
||||
default: 50 (for 50%)
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_xstrlen* Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
|
||||
@@ -2313,7 +2345,7 @@ file you edit; this apparently also applies to directories. In other words,
|
||||
autochdir sets the current directory to that containing the "file" (even if
|
||||
that "file" is itself a directory).
|
||||
|
||||
NETRW BROWSER SETTINGS *netrw-settings* {{{2
|
||||
NETRW SETTINGS WINDOW *netrw-settings-window* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
With the NetrwSettings.vim plugin, >
|
||||
:NetrwSettings
|
||||
@@ -2322,7 +2354,7 @@ settings. You may change any of their values; when you save the file, the
|
||||
settings therein will be used. One may also press "?" on any of the lines for
|
||||
help on what each of the variables do.
|
||||
|
||||
(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-var| |netrw-variables|)
|
||||
(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-settings| |netrw-variables|)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
@@ -2356,7 +2388,6 @@ Related topics:
|
||||
* To automatically make the currently browsed directory the current
|
||||
directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw-createfile*
|
||||
OPEN A NEW FILE IN NETRW'S CURRENT DIRECTORY *netrw-%*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2390,8 +2421,7 @@ PREVIOUS WINDOW *netrw-P* *netrw-prvwin* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
To edit a file or directory in the previously used (last accessed) window (see
|
||||
:he |CTRL-W_p|), press a "P". If there's only one window, then the one window
|
||||
will be horizontally split (above/below splitting is controlled by
|
||||
|g:netrw_alto|, and its initial size is controlled by |g:netrw_winsize|).
|
||||
will be horizontally split (by default).
|
||||
|
||||
If there's more than one window, the previous window will be re-used on
|
||||
the selected file/directory. If the previous window's associated buffer
|
||||
@@ -2399,6 +2429,13 @@ has been modified, and there's only one window with that buffer, then
|
||||
the user will be asked if s/he wishes to save the buffer first (yes,
|
||||
no, or cancel).
|
||||
|
||||
Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
|
||||
Associated setting variables:
|
||||
|g:netrw_alto| control above/below splitting
|
||||
|g:netrw_altv| control right/left splitting
|
||||
|g:netrw_preview| control horizontal vs vertical splitting
|
||||
|g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
REFRESHING THE LISTING *netrw-ctrl-l* *netrw-ctrl_l* {{{2
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2804,6 +2841,30 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
12. History *netrw-history* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
v143: Jun 01, 2011 * |g:netrw_winsize| will accept a negative
|
||||
number; the absolute value of it will then
|
||||
be used to specify lines/columns instead of
|
||||
a percentage.
|
||||
Jul 05, 2011 * the "d" map now supports mkdir via ftp
|
||||
See |netrw-d| and |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|
|
||||
Jul 11, 2011 * Changed Explore!, Sexplore!, and Vexplore
|
||||
to use a percentage of |winwidth()| instead
|
||||
of a percentage of |winheight()|.
|
||||
Jul 11, 2011 * included support for https://... I'm just
|
||||
beginning to test this, however.
|
||||
Aug 01, 2011 * changed RestoreOptions to also restore
|
||||
cursor position in netrw buffers.
|
||||
Aug 12, 2011 * added a note about "%" to the balloon
|
||||
Aug 30, 2011 * if |g:netrw_nobeval| exists, then balloon
|
||||
evaluation is suppressed.
|
||||
Aug 31, 2011 * (Benjamin R Haskell) provided a patch that
|
||||
implements non-standard port handling for
|
||||
files opened via the remote browser.
|
||||
Aug 31, 2011 * Fixed a **//pattern Explorer bug
|
||||
Sep 15, 2011 * (reported by Francesco Campana) netrw
|
||||
now permits the "@" to be part of the
|
||||
user id (if there's an @ that appears
|
||||
to the right).
|
||||
v142: Apr 06, 2011 * I modified NetrwRemoteListing() to use
|
||||
shellescape(fnameescape(s:path),1) for
|
||||
the benefit of those using scp://.../
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_tar.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 31
|
||||
*pi_tar.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 17
|
||||
|
||||
+====================+
|
||||
| Tar File Interface |
|
||||
@@ -6,9 +6,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
|
||||
Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to *tar-copyright*
|
||||
tar.vim, tarPlugin.vim, and pi_tar.txt.
|
||||
No warranty, express or implied. Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
|
||||
Copyright 2005-2012: *tar-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
|
||||
package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt. Like
|
||||
anything else that's except use "tar.vim" instead of "VIM". Like
|
||||
anything else that's free, tar.vim and its associated files are
|
||||
provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of any kind, either
|
||||
expressed or implied. No guarantees of merchantability. No
|
||||
guarantees of suitability for any purpose. By using this plugin, you
|
||||
agree that in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any
|
||||
damages resulting from the use of this software. Use at your own risk!
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Contents *tar* *tar-contents*
|
||||
@@ -83,6 +90,7 @@ Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to *tar-copyright*
|
||||
4. History *tar-history*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
v28 Jun 23, 2011 * a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
|
||||
v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
|
||||
* inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
|
||||
* changed silent to sil! (|:silent|)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_vimball.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Apr 02
|
||||
*pi_vimball.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 17
|
||||
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
Vimball Archiver
|
||||
@@ -6,16 +6,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *Vimball-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
|
||||
(see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
|
||||
No warranty, express or implied.
|
||||
Use At-Your-Own-Risk!
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *Vimball-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
|
||||
package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
|
||||
except use "vimball" instead of "VIM". Like anything else that's free,
|
||||
vimball.vim and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with
|
||||
no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. No guarantees
|
||||
of merchantability. No guarantees of suitability for any purpose. By
|
||||
using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
|
||||
holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
|
||||
software. Use at your own risk!
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Contents *vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*
|
||||
|
||||
1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
|
||||
2. Vimball Introduction..........................: |vimball-intro|
|
||||
3. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
|
||||
MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
|
||||
UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
|
||||
@@ -176,6 +182,8 @@ WINDOWS *vimball-windows*
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Vimball History *vimball-history* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
|
||||
prepending the current directory to it.
|
||||
33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
|
||||
* Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
|
||||
* Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_zip.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 24
|
||||
*pi_zip.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 17
|
||||
|
||||
+====================+
|
||||
| Zip File Interface |
|
||||
@@ -7,14 +7,15 @@
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
|
||||
Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
|
||||
with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
|
||||
notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
|
||||
zip.vim, zipPlugin.vim, and pi_zip.txt are provided *as is*
|
||||
and it comes with no warranty of any kind, either expressed or
|
||||
implied. By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will
|
||||
the copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
|
||||
the use of this software.
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
|
||||
package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim. except use
|
||||
"zip.vim" instead of "VIM". Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
|
||||
and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no
|
||||
warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. No guarantees of
|
||||
merchantability. No guarantees of suitability for any purpose. By
|
||||
using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
|
||||
holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
|
||||
software. Use at your own risk!
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Contents *zip* *zip-contents*
|
||||
@@ -69,12 +70,11 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
|
||||
let g:loaded_zipPlugin= 1
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip = 1
|
||||
<
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. Additional Extensions *zip-extension*
|
||||
|
||||
Apparently there are a number of archivers who generate zip files that
|
||||
Apparently there are a number of archivers which generate zip files that
|
||||
don't use the .zip extension (.jar, .xpi, etc). To handle such files,
|
||||
place a line in your <.vimrc> file: >
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. History *zip-history* {{{1
|
||||
v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
|
||||
(consistent with the -p variant)
|
||||
v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
|
||||
fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
|
||||
* (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*quickref.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jun 12
|
||||
*quickref.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 22
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -851,6 +851,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
||||
'shellslash' 'ssl' use forward slash for shell file names
|
||||
'shelltemp' 'stmp' whether to use a temp file for shell commands
|
||||
'shelltype' 'st' Amiga: influences how to use a shell
|
||||
'shellxescape' 'sxe' characters to escape when 'shellxquote' is (
|
||||
'shellxquote' 'sxq' like 'shellquote', but include redirection
|
||||
'shiftround' 'sr' round indent to multiple of shiftwidth
|
||||
'shiftwidth' 'sw' number of spaces to use for (auto)indent step
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*sign.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Oct 14
|
||||
*sign.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 04
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ DEFINING A SIGN. *:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
|
||||
|
||||
Accepted arguments:
|
||||
|
||||
icon={pixmap}
|
||||
icon={bitmap}
|
||||
Define the file name where the bitmap can be found. Should be
|
||||
a full path. The bitmap should fit in the place of two
|
||||
characters. This is not checked. If the bitmap is too big it
|
||||
@@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN. *:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
|
||||
GTK 1 pixmap (.xpm)
|
||||
GTK 2 many
|
||||
Motif pixmap (.xpm)
|
||||
Win32 .bmp, .ico, .cur
|
||||
pixmap (.xpm) |+xpm_w32|
|
||||
|
||||
linehl={group}
|
||||
Highlighting group used for the whole line the sign is placed
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*starting.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Sep 18
|
||||
*starting.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 22
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -424,12 +424,7 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
||||
"-d con:30/10/600/150". But you can also use it to start
|
||||
editing on another device, e.g., AUX:. {not in Vi}
|
||||
*-f*
|
||||
-f Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window. This
|
||||
option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
|
||||
will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
|
||||
readnews). See |amiga-window|.
|
||||
|
||||
GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
|
||||
-f GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
|
||||
'f' stands for "foreground". If omitted, the GUI forks a new
|
||||
process and exits the current one. "-f" should be used when
|
||||
gvim is started by a program that will wait for the edit
|
||||
@@ -437,8 +432,14 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
||||
never to fork, include 'f' in 'guioptions' in your |gvimrc|.
|
||||
Careful: You can use "-gf" to start the GUI in the foreground,
|
||||
but "-fg" is used to specify the foreground color. |gui-fork|
|
||||
|
||||
Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window. This
|
||||
option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
|
||||
will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
|
||||
readnews). See |amiga-window|.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*--nofork*
|
||||
--nofork GUI: Do not fork. Same as |-f|.
|
||||
*-u* *E282*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 18
|
||||
*syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Feb 11
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -758,6 +758,7 @@ c_syntax_for_h use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
|
||||
c_no_if0 don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
|
||||
c_no_cformat don't highlight %-formats in strings
|
||||
c_no_c99 don't highlight C99 standard items
|
||||
c_no_c11 don't highlight C11 standard items
|
||||
|
||||
When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
|
||||
become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
|
||||
@@ -985,9 +986,9 @@ Example: >
|
||||
or >
|
||||
// vim:syntax=c.doxygen
|
||||
|
||||
It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C# and IDL files by setting the
|
||||
global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by adding
|
||||
the following to your .vimrc. >
|
||||
It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
|
||||
the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
|
||||
adding the following to your .vimrc. >
|
||||
:let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
|
||||
|
||||
There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
|
||||
@@ -1155,14 +1156,12 @@ conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
|
||||
FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
|
||||
|
||||
Default highlighting and dialect ~
|
||||
Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default. This choice
|
||||
should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
|
||||
superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77. Support for
|
||||
Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features has been introduced and is
|
||||
automatically available in the default (f95) highlighting.
|
||||
Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
|
||||
should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
|
||||
almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
|
||||
|
||||
Fortran source code form ~
|
||||
Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
|
||||
Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
|
||||
syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
|
||||
|
||||
When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
|
||||
@@ -1243,52 +1242,54 @@ recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
|
||||
construct.
|
||||
|
||||
Non-default fortran dialects ~
|
||||
The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
|
||||
subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
|
||||
The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
|
||||
find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
|
||||
deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
|
||||
items.
|
||||
|
||||
If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
|
||||
loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
|
||||
g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
|
||||
satisfactory. However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
|
||||
source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
|
||||
dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
|
||||
names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
|
||||
such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
|
||||
source form will be assumed.
|
||||
If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
|
||||
other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
|
||||
that free source form will be assumed.
|
||||
|
||||
If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
|
||||
that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
|
||||
items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
|
||||
dialects.
|
||||
The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
|
||||
the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
|
||||
to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
|
||||
fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
|
||||
ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect. The
|
||||
permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
|
||||
"f90", "f77", "elf" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
|
||||
.vimrc prior to your syntax on statement. If the dialect depends upon the file
|
||||
extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file. For more
|
||||
information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
|
||||
fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
|
||||
ftplugin file should contain the code >
|
||||
If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
|
||||
set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
|
||||
ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
|
||||
an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
|
||||
contain the code >
|
||||
let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
|
||||
if s:extfname ==? "f90"
|
||||
let fortran_dialect="elf"
|
||||
let b:fortran_dialect="F"
|
||||
else
|
||||
unlet! fortran_dialect
|
||||
unlet! b:fortran_dialect
|
||||
endif
|
||||
Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
|
||||
precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
|
||||
|
||||
Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
|
||||
the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
|
||||
including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
|
||||
elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file. For
|
||||
example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
|
||||
ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
|
||||
first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
|
||||
the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
|
||||
by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
|
||||
f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
|
||||
files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
|
||||
identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
|
||||
Fortran comment of the form >
|
||||
! fortran_dialect=F
|
||||
F overrides elf if both directives are present.
|
||||
|
||||
For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
|
||||
now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
|
||||
silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
|
||||
comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
|
||||
non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
|
||||
or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
|
||||
items.
|
||||
|
||||
Limitations ~
|
||||
Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
|
||||
@@ -1603,11 +1604,6 @@ which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
|
||||
strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
|
||||
have opted to chose another background for those statements.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to help you write code that can be easily ported between Java and
|
||||
C++, all C++ keywords can be marked as an error in a Java program. To
|
||||
have this add this line in your .vimrc file: >
|
||||
:let java_allow_cpp_keywords = 0
|
||||
|
||||
Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
|
||||
creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
|
||||
similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
|
||||
@@ -1746,19 +1742,10 @@ instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
|
||||
|
||||
LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
|
||||
|
||||
This syntax file may be used for Lua 4.0, Lua 5.0 or Lua 5.1 (the latter is
|
||||
The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
|
||||
the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
|
||||
lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
|
||||
4.0 syntax highlighting, use this command: >
|
||||
|
||||
:let lua_version = 4
|
||||
|
||||
If you are using Lua 5.0, use these commands: >
|
||||
|
||||
:let lua_version = 5
|
||||
:let lua_subversion = 0
|
||||
|
||||
To restore highlighting for Lua 5.1: >
|
||||
5.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
|
||||
|
||||
:let lua_version = 5
|
||||
:let lua_subversion = 1
|
||||
@@ -2605,8 +2592,41 @@ reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
|
||||
The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
|
||||
speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
|
||||
|
||||
*g:sh_isk* *g:sh_noisk*
|
||||
The shell languages appear to let "." be part of words, commands, etc;
|
||||
consequently it should be in the isk for sh.vim. As of v116 of syntax/sh.vim,
|
||||
syntax/sh.vim will append the "." to |'iskeyword'| by default; you may control
|
||||
this behavior with: >
|
||||
let g:sh_isk = '..whatever characters you want as part of iskeyword'
|
||||
let g:sh_noisk= 1 " otherwise, if this exists, the isk will NOT chg
|
||||
<
|
||||
*sh-embed* *sh-awk*
|
||||
Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
|
||||
|
||||
SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator) *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
|
||||
You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
|
||||
Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
|
||||
file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
|
||||
|
||||
" AWK Embedding: {{{1
|
||||
" ==============
|
||||
" Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
|
||||
if exists("b:current_syntax")
|
||||
unlet b:current_syntax
|
||||
endif
|
||||
syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
|
||||
syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
|
||||
syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
|
||||
syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
|
||||
hi def link AWKCommand Type
|
||||
<
|
||||
This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
|
||||
awk '...awk code here...'
|
||||
be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
|
||||
extended to other languages.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
|
||||
(AspenTech plant simulator)
|
||||
|
||||
The Speedup syntax file has some options:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2689,6 +2709,8 @@ sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
|
||||
in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
|
||||
modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
|
||||
% vim: fdm=syntax
|
||||
If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
|
||||
http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Keep_folds_closed_while_inserting_text
|
||||
<
|
||||
*tex-nospell*
|
||||
Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
|
||||
@@ -2729,6 +2751,9 @@ If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
|
||||
increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
|
||||
if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
|
||||
|
||||
Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
|
||||
|tex-folding| for a way around this.
|
||||
|
||||
*tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
|
||||
Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2737,7 +2762,9 @@ of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
|
||||
package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
|
||||
it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
|
||||
techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
|
||||
by syntax/tex.vim.
|
||||
by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
|
||||
which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
|
||||
http://vim.sf.net/.
|
||||
|
||||
*tex-error*
|
||||
Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
|
||||
@@ -3881,7 +3908,7 @@ First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
|
||||
The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
|
||||
accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
|
||||
so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
|
||||
when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
|
||||
when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
|
||||
case: to the end of the file).
|
||||
|
||||
Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -783,6 +783,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME starting.txt /*$VIMRUNTIME*
|
||||
'shellslash' options.txt /*'shellslash'*
|
||||
'shelltemp' options.txt /*'shelltemp'*
|
||||
'shelltype' options.txt /*'shelltype'*
|
||||
'shellxescape' options.txt /*'shellxescape'*
|
||||
'shellxquote' options.txt /*'shellxquote'*
|
||||
'shiftround' options.txt /*'shiftround'*
|
||||
'shiftwidth' options.txt /*'shiftwidth'*
|
||||
@@ -852,6 +853,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME starting.txt /*$VIMRUNTIME*
|
||||
'swf' options.txt /*'swf'*
|
||||
'switchbuf' options.txt /*'switchbuf'*
|
||||
'sws' options.txt /*'sws'*
|
||||
'sxe' options.txt /*'sxe'*
|
||||
'sxq' options.txt /*'sxq'*
|
||||
'syn' options.txt /*'syn'*
|
||||
'synmaxcol' options.txt /*'synmaxcol'*
|
||||
@@ -1184,6 +1186,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME starting.txt /*$VIMRUNTIME*
|
||||
+mouse_netterm various.txt /*+mouse_netterm*
|
||||
+mouse_pterm various.txt /*+mouse_pterm*
|
||||
+mouse_sysmouse various.txt /*+mouse_sysmouse*
|
||||
+mouse_urxvt various.txt /*+mouse_urxvt*
|
||||
+mouse_xterm various.txt /*+mouse_xterm*
|
||||
+mouseshape various.txt /*+mouseshape*
|
||||
+multi_byte various.txt /*+multi_byte*
|
||||
@@ -1242,6 +1245,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME starting.txt /*$VIMRUNTIME*
|
||||
+writebackup various.txt /*+writebackup*
|
||||
+xfontset various.txt /*+xfontset*
|
||||
+xim various.txt /*+xim*
|
||||
+xpm_w32 various.txt /*+xpm_w32*
|
||||
+xsmp various.txt /*+xsmp*
|
||||
+xsmp_interact various.txt /*+xsmp_interact*
|
||||
+xterm_clipboard various.txt /*+xterm_clipboard*
|
||||
@@ -2092,6 +2096,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME starting.txt /*$VIMRUNTIME*
|
||||
:display change.txt /*:display*
|
||||
:dj tagsrch.txt /*:dj*
|
||||
:djump tagsrch.txt /*:djump*
|
||||
:dl change.txt /*:dl*
|
||||
:dli tagsrch.txt /*:dli*
|
||||
:dlist tagsrch.txt /*:dlist*
|
||||
:do autocmd.txt /*:do*
|
||||
@@ -3203,6 +3208,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME starting.txt /*$VIMRUNTIME*
|
||||
<line1> map.txt /*<line1>*
|
||||
<line2> map.txt /*<line2>*
|
||||
<lt> intro.txt /*<lt>*
|
||||
<nomodeline> autocmd.txt /*<nomodeline>*
|
||||
<q-args> map.txt /*<q-args>*
|
||||
<reg> map.txt /*<reg>*
|
||||
<register> map.txt /*<register>*
|
||||
@@ -4233,6 +4239,11 @@ E848 syntax.txt /*E848*
|
||||
E849 syntax.txt /*E849*
|
||||
E85 options.txt /*E85*
|
||||
E850 change.txt /*E850*
|
||||
E851 gui_x11.txt /*E851*
|
||||
E852 gui_x11.txt /*E852*
|
||||
E853 eval.txt /*E853*
|
||||
E854 options.txt /*E854*
|
||||
E855 autocmd.txt /*E855*
|
||||
E86 windows.txt /*E86*
|
||||
E87 windows.txt /*E87*
|
||||
E88 windows.txt /*E88*
|
||||
@@ -4682,6 +4693,7 @@ alt intro.txt /*alt*
|
||||
alt-input debugger.txt /*alt-input*
|
||||
alternate-file editing.txt /*alternate-file*
|
||||
amiga-window starting.txt /*amiga-window*
|
||||
and() eval.txt /*and()*
|
||||
anonymous-function eval.txt /*anonymous-function*
|
||||
ant.vim syntax.txt /*ant.vim*
|
||||
ap motion.txt /*ap*
|
||||
@@ -4784,6 +4796,7 @@ beval_col-variable eval.txt /*beval_col-variable*
|
||||
beval_lnum-variable eval.txt /*beval_lnum-variable*
|
||||
beval_text-variable eval.txt /*beval_text-variable*
|
||||
beval_winnr-variable eval.txt /*beval_winnr-variable*
|
||||
bitwise-function usr_41.txt /*bitwise-function*
|
||||
blockwise-examples visual.txt /*blockwise-examples*
|
||||
blockwise-operators visual.txt /*blockwise-operators*
|
||||
blockwise-register change.txt /*blockwise-register*
|
||||
@@ -4963,7 +4976,6 @@ cino-( indent.txt /*cino-(*
|
||||
cino-) indent.txt /*cino-)*
|
||||
cino-+ indent.txt /*cino-+*
|
||||
cino-/ indent.txt /*cino-\/*
|
||||
cino-2 indent.txt /*cino-2*
|
||||
cino-: indent.txt /*cino-:*
|
||||
cino-= indent.txt /*cino-=*
|
||||
cino-> indent.txt /*cino->*
|
||||
@@ -4990,6 +5002,7 @@ cino-p indent.txt /*cino-p*
|
||||
cino-star indent.txt /*cino-star*
|
||||
cino-t indent.txt /*cino-t*
|
||||
cino-u indent.txt /*cino-u*
|
||||
cino-w indent.txt /*cino-w*
|
||||
cino-{ indent.txt /*cino-{*
|
||||
cino-} indent.txt /*cino-}*
|
||||
cinoptions-values indent.txt /*cinoptions-values*
|
||||
@@ -5690,6 +5703,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-ptcap-syntax*
|
||||
ft-python-indent indent.txt /*ft-python-indent*
|
||||
ft-python-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-python-syntax*
|
||||
ft-quake-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-quake-syntax*
|
||||
ft-r-indent indent.txt /*ft-r-indent*
|
||||
ft-readline-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-readline-syntax*
|
||||
ft-rexx-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-rexx-syntax*
|
||||
ft-ruby-omni insert.txt /*ft-ruby-omni*
|
||||
@@ -5756,6 +5770,7 @@ g- undo.txt /*g-*
|
||||
g0 motion.txt /*g0*
|
||||
g8 various.txt /*g8*
|
||||
g:NetrwTopLvlMenu pi_netrw.txt /*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
|
||||
g:Netrw_corehandler pi_netrw.txt /*g:Netrw_corehandler*
|
||||
g:Netrw_funcref pi_netrw.txt /*g:Netrw_funcref*
|
||||
g:ada#Comment ft_ada.txt /*g:ada#Comment*
|
||||
g:ada#Ctags_Kinds ft_ada.txt /*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
|
||||
@@ -5843,9 +5858,11 @@ g:netrw_maxfilenamelen pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
|
||||
g:netrw_menu pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_menu*
|
||||
g:netrw_mkdir_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
|
||||
g:netrw_mousemaps pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_mousemaps*
|
||||
g:netrw_nobeval pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_nobeval*
|
||||
g:netrw_nogx pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_nogx*
|
||||
g:netrw_preview pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_preview*
|
||||
g:netrw_rcp_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
|
||||
g:netrw_remote_mkdir pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_remote_mkdir*
|
||||
g:netrw_retmap pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_retmap*
|
||||
g:netrw_rm_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rm_cmd*
|
||||
g:netrw_rmdir_cmd pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*
|
||||
@@ -5873,6 +5890,8 @@ g:netrw_use_nt_rcp pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
|
||||
g:netrw_win95ftp pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_win95ftp*
|
||||
g:netrw_winsize pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_winsize*
|
||||
g:netrw_xstrlen pi_netrw.txt /*g:netrw_xstrlen*
|
||||
g:sh_isk syntax.txt /*g:sh_isk*
|
||||
g:sh_noisk syntax.txt /*g:sh_noisk*
|
||||
g:syntax_on syntax.txt /*g:syntax_on*
|
||||
g:tar_browseoptions pi_tar.txt /*g:tar_browseoptions*
|
||||
g:tar_cmd pi_tar.txt /*g:tar_cmd*
|
||||
@@ -5933,6 +5952,7 @@ g`a motion.txt /*g`a*
|
||||
ga various.txt /*ga*
|
||||
garbagecollect() eval.txt /*garbagecollect()*
|
||||
gd pattern.txt /*gd*
|
||||
gdb debug.txt /*gdb*
|
||||
ge motion.txt /*ge*
|
||||
get() eval.txt /*get()*
|
||||
get-ms-debuggers debug.txt /*get-ms-debuggers*
|
||||
@@ -6022,6 +6042,7 @@ gtk-tooltip-colors gui_x11.txt /*gtk-tooltip-colors*
|
||||
gu change.txt /*gu*
|
||||
gugu change.txt /*gugu*
|
||||
gui gui.txt /*gui*
|
||||
gui-IME gui.txt /*gui-IME*
|
||||
gui-clipboard gui_w32.txt /*gui-clipboard*
|
||||
gui-colors syntax.txt /*gui-colors*
|
||||
gui-extras gui.txt /*gui-extras*
|
||||
@@ -6120,6 +6141,7 @@ helpfile_name.txt helphelp.txt /*helpfile_name.txt*
|
||||
helphelp helphelp.txt /*helphelp*
|
||||
helphelp.txt helphelp.txt /*helphelp.txt*
|
||||
hex-editing tips.txt /*hex-editing*
|
||||
hex-number eval.txt /*hex-number*
|
||||
hidden-buffer windows.txt /*hidden-buffer*
|
||||
hidden-changed version5.txt /*hidden-changed*
|
||||
hidden-menus gui.txt /*hidden-menus*
|
||||
@@ -6230,6 +6252,7 @@ i) motion.txt /*i)*
|
||||
i< motion.txt /*i<*
|
||||
i> motion.txt /*i>*
|
||||
iB motion.txt /*iB*
|
||||
iBus gui.txt /*iBus*
|
||||
iW motion.txt /*iW*
|
||||
i[ motion.txt /*i[*
|
||||
i] motion.txt /*i]*
|
||||
@@ -6425,6 +6448,7 @@ internet intro.txt /*internet*
|
||||
intro intro.txt /*intro*
|
||||
intro.txt intro.txt /*intro.txt*
|
||||
inverse syntax.txt /*inverse*
|
||||
invert() eval.txt /*invert()*
|
||||
ip motion.txt /*ip*
|
||||
iquote motion.txt /*iquote*
|
||||
is motion.txt /*is*
|
||||
@@ -6762,6 +6786,7 @@ netrw-browse-cmds pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browse-cmds*
|
||||
netrw-browse-maps pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browse-maps*
|
||||
netrw-browser pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browser*
|
||||
netrw-browser-options pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browser-options*
|
||||
netrw-browser-settings pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browser-settings*
|
||||
netrw-browser-var pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browser-var*
|
||||
netrw-browsing pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-browsing*
|
||||
netrw-c pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-c*
|
||||
@@ -6810,6 +6835,7 @@ netrw-history pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-history*
|
||||
netrw-horiz pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-horiz*
|
||||
netrw-i pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-i*
|
||||
netrw-incompatible pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-incompatible*
|
||||
netrw-internal-variables pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-internal-variables*
|
||||
netrw-intro-browse pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-intro-browse*
|
||||
netrw-leftmouse pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-leftmouse*
|
||||
netrw-list pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-list*
|
||||
@@ -6887,8 +6913,10 @@ netrw-rexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-rexplore*
|
||||
netrw-rightmouse pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-rightmouse*
|
||||
netrw-s pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-s*
|
||||
netrw-settings pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-settings*
|
||||
netrw-settings-window pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-settings-window*
|
||||
netrw-sexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sexplore*
|
||||
netrw-sort pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sort*
|
||||
netrw-sort-sequence pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sort-sequence*
|
||||
netrw-sortsequence pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-sortsequence*
|
||||
netrw-source pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-source*
|
||||
netrw-ssh-hack pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-ssh-hack*
|
||||
@@ -6907,7 +6935,6 @@ netrw-updir pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-updir*
|
||||
netrw-urls pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-urls*
|
||||
netrw-userpass pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-userpass*
|
||||
netrw-v pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-v*
|
||||
netrw-var pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-var*
|
||||
netrw-variables pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-variables*
|
||||
netrw-vexplore pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-vexplore*
|
||||
netrw-write pi_netrw.txt /*netrw-write*
|
||||
@@ -7021,7 +7048,8 @@ objects index.txt /*objects*
|
||||
obtaining-exted netbeans.txt /*obtaining-exted*
|
||||
ocaml.vim syntax.txt /*ocaml.vim*
|
||||
octal eval.txt /*octal*
|
||||
octal-number options.txt /*octal-number*
|
||||
octal-nrformats options.txt /*octal-nrformats*
|
||||
octal-number eval.txt /*octal-number*
|
||||
oldfiles-variable eval.txt /*oldfiles-variable*
|
||||
ole-activation if_ole.txt /*ole-activation*
|
||||
ole-eval if_ole.txt /*ole-eval*
|
||||
@@ -7046,6 +7074,7 @@ options options.txt /*options*
|
||||
options-changed version5.txt /*options-changed*
|
||||
options.txt options.txt /*options.txt*
|
||||
optwin options.txt /*optwin*
|
||||
or() eval.txt /*or()*
|
||||
oracle ft_sql.txt /*oracle*
|
||||
os2 os_os2.txt /*os2*
|
||||
os2ansi os_os2.txt /*os2ansi*
|
||||
@@ -7442,6 +7471,8 @@ setuid change.txt /*setuid*
|
||||
setwinvar() eval.txt /*setwinvar()*
|
||||
sftp pi_netrw.txt /*sftp*
|
||||
sgml.vim syntax.txt /*sgml.vim*
|
||||
sh-awk syntax.txt /*sh-awk*
|
||||
sh-embed syntax.txt /*sh-embed*
|
||||
sh.vim syntax.txt /*sh.vim*
|
||||
shell-window tips.txt /*shell-window*
|
||||
shell_error-variable eval.txt /*shell_error-variable*
|
||||
@@ -8050,6 +8081,7 @@ unix os_unix.txt /*unix*
|
||||
unlisted-buffer windows.txt /*unlisted-buffer*
|
||||
up-down-motions motion.txt /*up-down-motions*
|
||||
uppercase change.txt /*uppercase*
|
||||
urxvt-mouse options.txt /*urxvt-mouse*
|
||||
use-cpo-save usr_41.txt /*use-cpo-save*
|
||||
use-visual-cmds version4.txt /*use-visual-cmds*
|
||||
useful-mappings tips.txt /*useful-mappings*
|
||||
@@ -8332,13 +8364,27 @@ vimdev intro.txt /*vimdev*
|
||||
vimdiff diff.txt /*vimdiff*
|
||||
vimfiles options.txt /*vimfiles*
|
||||
viminfo starting.txt /*viminfo*
|
||||
viminfo-! options.txt /*viminfo-!*
|
||||
viminfo-% options.txt /*viminfo-%*
|
||||
viminfo-' options.txt /*viminfo-'*
|
||||
viminfo-/ options.txt /*viminfo-\/*
|
||||
viminfo-: options.txt /*viminfo-:*
|
||||
viminfo-< options.txt /*viminfo-<*
|
||||
viminfo-@ options.txt /*viminfo-@*
|
||||
viminfo-c options.txt /*viminfo-c*
|
||||
viminfo-encoding starting.txt /*viminfo-encoding*
|
||||
viminfo-errors starting.txt /*viminfo-errors*
|
||||
viminfo-f options.txt /*viminfo-f*
|
||||
viminfo-file starting.txt /*viminfo-file*
|
||||
viminfo-file-marks starting.txt /*viminfo-file-marks*
|
||||
viminfo-file-name starting.txt /*viminfo-file-name*
|
||||
viminfo-h options.txt /*viminfo-h*
|
||||
viminfo-n options.txt /*viminfo-n*
|
||||
viminfo-quote options.txt /*viminfo-quote*
|
||||
viminfo-r options.txt /*viminfo-r*
|
||||
viminfo-read starting.txt /*viminfo-read*
|
||||
viminfo-read-write starting.txt /*viminfo-read-write*
|
||||
viminfo-s options.txt /*viminfo-s*
|
||||
viminfo-write starting.txt /*viminfo-write*
|
||||
vimrc starting.txt /*vimrc*
|
||||
vimrc-filetype usr_05.txt /*vimrc-filetype*
|
||||
@@ -8488,6 +8534,7 @@ xiterm syntax.txt /*xiterm*
|
||||
xml-folding syntax.txt /*xml-folding*
|
||||
xml-omni-datafile insert.txt /*xml-omni-datafile*
|
||||
xml.vim syntax.txt /*xml.vim*
|
||||
xor() eval.txt /*xor()*
|
||||
xpm.vim syntax.txt /*xpm.vim*
|
||||
xterm-8-bit term.txt /*xterm-8-bit*
|
||||
xterm-8bit term.txt /*xterm-8bit*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*tagsrch.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2009 Feb 18
|
||||
*tagsrch.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Oct 28
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -770,12 +770,12 @@ CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:dli* *:dlist*
|
||||
:[range]dl[ist][!] [/]string[/]
|
||||
:[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
|
||||
Like "[D" and "]D", but search in [range] lines
|
||||
(default: whole file).
|
||||
See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi}
|
||||
Note that ":dl" works like ":delete" with the "l"
|
||||
flag.
|
||||
register.
|
||||
|
||||
*[_CTRL-D*
|
||||
[ CTRL-D Jump to the first macro definition that contains the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*todo.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jul 15
|
||||
*todo.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Mar 07
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -36,19 +36,139 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
|
||||
|
||||
Go through more coverity reports.
|
||||
|
||||
Crash in autocomplete, valgrind log. (Greg Weber, 2011 Apr 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
|
||||
|
||||
Stack trace of crash: http://vpaste.net/GBt9S
|
||||
(Alexandre Provencio)
|
||||
|
||||
Once syntax and other runtime files have been fixed: add "set cp" to
|
||||
check.vim. Use a function to run both with 'cp' and 'nocp'.
|
||||
|
||||
GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
|
||||
(Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
|
||||
complete the contents of the directory. No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
|
||||
Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
|
||||
|
||||
Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
|
||||
not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add getsid(). (Tyru, 2011 Oct 2) Do we want this? Update Oct 4.
|
||||
Or use expand('<sid>')?
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar causes
|
||||
the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan 12)
|
||||
Patch: 2012 Jan 13 Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to highlight cursor line number. (Howard Buchholz (lhb), 2011 Oct 18)
|
||||
|
||||
URXVT:
|
||||
- will get stuck if byte sequence does not containe expected semicolon.
|
||||
- Patch for urxvt mouse support after shell command. (Issue 31)
|
||||
- Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm. Explanations:
|
||||
http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
|
||||
|
||||
When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
|
||||
for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
|
||||
Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
|
||||
|
||||
When exiting with unsaved changes, selecting an existing file in the file
|
||||
dialog, there is no dialog to ask whether the existing file should be
|
||||
overwritten. (Felipe G. Nievinski, 2011 Dec 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for improved ":qa" behavior. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Feb 18)
|
||||
|
||||
Recognize objcpp. (Austin Ziegler, 2012 Feb 15)
|
||||
|
||||
7 Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only
|
||||
required for a few options. Only do it for those options to avoid the
|
||||
side effect.
|
||||
Patch by Kana Natsuno, 2011 Nov 12.
|
||||
|
||||
Using Ctrl-] in a mapping does not expand abbreviations. Patch by Christian
|
||||
Brabandt, 2012 Mar 2.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix member confusion in Lua interface. (Taro Muraoka, 2012 Jan 8)
|
||||
Update Jan 9.
|
||||
Carvalho merged the patch: New version 2012 Jan 19.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for option in 'cino' to specify more indent for continued conditions.
|
||||
(Lech Lorens, 2011 Nov 27)
|
||||
Isn't this already possible? Update 2012 Feb 15.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for using objcpp file type for headers files. Issue 44.
|
||||
|
||||
Docs fix for v:register. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Sep 26, 27)
|
||||
v:register doesn't work exactly as expected. (David Fishburn, 2011 Sep 20)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for: vimgrep fails when 'autochdir' is set. (Ben Fritz, 2012 Feb 4)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 22)
|
||||
- Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line
|
||||
below/above).
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 24, updated patch)
|
||||
8 ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work. Also: ":sign unplace *
|
||||
buffer={bufnr}". So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add "onselected" callback for completion. (Taro Muraoka, 2011 Sep 24)
|
||||
Another for CompleteFuncOk. (Florian Klein, 2012 Jan 31)
|
||||
Name it "CompleteFuncDone".
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for Make_mvc.mak and Make_ming.mak for Ruby support. (Yasuhiro
|
||||
Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 30)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add completion for :history command. (Dominique Pelle, 2012 Feb 26)
|
||||
|
||||
Use a count before "v" and "V" to select that many characters or lines?
|
||||
(Kikyous)
|
||||
|
||||
Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
|
||||
Patch Sep 18.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
|
||||
And one for gui_x11.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
|
||||
finddir() has the same problem. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
|
||||
Requires a rewrite of the file_file_in_path code.
|
||||
|
||||
Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
|
||||
|
||||
Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others. Omit dict functions,
|
||||
they can't be called. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 11)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to pass list to or(), and() and xor(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Feb 8)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to improve "it" and "at" text object matching. (Christian Brabandt, 2011
|
||||
Nov 20)
|
||||
|
||||
`[ moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
|
||||
(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
|
||||
|
||||
Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
|
||||
|
||||
Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
|
||||
(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
|
||||
|
||||
BufWinLeave triggers too late when quitting last window in a tab page. (Lech
|
||||
Lorens, 2012 Feb 21)
|
||||
|
||||
"fC" doesn't position the cursor correctly when there are concealed
|
||||
characters. Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Oct 11)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for 'transparency' option. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
|
||||
Only for MS-Windows. No documentation. Do we want this?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support cursor shape in Cygwin console. (Ben bgold, 2011 Dec 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support UTF-8 for Hangul. (Shawn Y.H. Kim, 2011 May 1)
|
||||
Needs more work.
|
||||
|
||||
With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
|
||||
register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)
|
||||
|
||||
The :z command doesn't work exactly as it should. (ChangZhuo Chen, 2011 Mar 2)
|
||||
Compare with how old Vi works and with posix spec. terminal is 80 x 24,
|
||||
'scroll' option set to 11.
|
||||
Needs more work. Pinged 2012 Jan 4.
|
||||
|
||||
'cursorline' is displayed too short when there are concealed characters and
|
||||
'list' is set. (Dennis Preiser)
|
||||
@@ -63,29 +183,27 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
|
||||
only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
|
||||
21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
|
||||
|
||||
When opening file from windows explorer, characters inside [] cause
|
||||
problems, even though double quotes are used. (Manuel Stol, 2011 Mar 9)
|
||||
Win32: Does building a 64 bit version with VC9 give warnings for int
|
||||
conversions? (Mike Williams)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to change the meaning of \n in substitute(). (motoya kurotsu, 2011 Mar 8)
|
||||
Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
|
||||
New feature, requires testing. Made some remarks.
|
||||
|
||||
Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
|
||||
Winckler, 2011 May 11)
|
||||
Use function to set paste option and restore it, use CTRL-R+ to paste.
|
||||
Win32: Patch for alpha-blended icons and toolbar height. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011
|
||||
Sep 17) Asked for feedback from others.
|
||||
|
||||
Help file foldexpr (ZyX)
|
||||
Win32: Cannot cd into a directory that starts with a space. (Andy Wokula, 2012
|
||||
Jan 19)
|
||||
|
||||
Need to escape $HOME on Windows? (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
|
||||
|
||||
"2" in 'formatopions' not working in comments. (Christian Corneliussen, 2011
|
||||
Oct 26)
|
||||
|
||||
Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to automatically get version number into NSIS. (Guopeng Wen, 2011 May
|
||||
27)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add more command completions (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jun 25)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to have GvimExt not use "edit with existing Vim" entries.
|
||||
(Jerome Vuarand, 2011 Jun 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to make character classes work with multi-byte characters.
|
||||
(Dominique Pelle, 2011 May 31, update July 11)
|
||||
With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
|
||||
register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28) I can't reproduce it.
|
||||
|
||||
In GTK Gvim, setting 'lines' and 'columns' to 99999 causes a crash (Tony
|
||||
Mechelynck, 2011 Apr 25). Can reproduce the crash sometimes:
|
||||
@@ -102,19 +220,9 @@ The error was 'RenderBadPicture (invalid Picture parameter)'.
|
||||
backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)
|
||||
Check that number of pixels doesn't go above 65535?
|
||||
|
||||
8 Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once
|
||||
after typing something.
|
||||
Need for CursorHold that retriggers. Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
|
||||
function that resets did_cursorhold.
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
|
||||
|
||||
popup completion menu closes quickly when there is a fold in the buffer. (Jan
|
||||
Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
|
||||
|
||||
CursorHold repeats typed key when it's the start of a mapping.
|
||||
(Will Gray, 2011 Mar 23)
|
||||
Christian Brabandt: problem is that OP_PENDING isn't set.
|
||||
|
||||
Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7? (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
|
||||
|
||||
This line hangs Vim, because of syntax HL:
|
||||
@@ -123,18 +231,27 @@ call append(line, "INFO ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60.
|
||||
When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
|
||||
(Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented. Suggestion by Ben
|
||||
Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
|
||||
|
||||
Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Bug: Windows 7 64 bit system freezes when 'clipboard' set to "unnamed" and
|
||||
doing ":g/test/d". Putting every delete on the clipboard? (Robert Chan, 2011
|
||||
Jun 17)
|
||||
|
||||
When there is a ">" in a line that "gq" wraps to the start of the next line,
|
||||
then the following line will pick it up as a leader. Should get the leader
|
||||
from the first line, not a wrapped line. (Matt Ackeret, 2012 Feb 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a
|
||||
":finally" does not rethrow a previously uncaught exception. (ZyX, 2010 Oct
|
||||
15)
|
||||
|
||||
Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
|
||||
|
||||
Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
|
||||
|
||||
On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
|
||||
64 bits value. Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
|
||||
right type.
|
||||
@@ -142,18 +259,20 @@ right type.
|
||||
string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan". Fix documentation or fix code?
|
||||
(ZyX, 2010 Aug 23)
|
||||
|
||||
Make 'formatprg' global-local. (Sung Pae)
|
||||
|
||||
When doing "redir => s:foo" in a script and then "redir END" somewhere else
|
||||
(e.g. in a function) it can't find s:foo.
|
||||
|
||||
When setqflist() uses a filename that triggers a BufReadCmd autocommand Vim
|
||||
doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX, 2011 Sep 18)
|
||||
|
||||
7 Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
|
||||
Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 19.
|
||||
|
||||
maparg() does not show the <script> flag. When temporarily changing a
|
||||
mapping, how to restore the script ID?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8)
|
||||
Update Nov 19. James Vega: still not right. Christian: it's difficult.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add up to 99 match groups. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 22)
|
||||
Also add named groups: \%{name}(re) and \%{name}g
|
||||
|
||||
Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
|
||||
(ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -171,16 +290,14 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
|
||||
|
||||
"0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Deleting a linewise selection that includes the last line of the file leaves
|
||||
an empty line. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Mar 17)
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Mar 19.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support sorting on floating point number. (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
|
||||
30)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
|
||||
May 24) Update May 26.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
|
||||
|
||||
When a script contains "redir => s:foo" but doesn't end redirection, a
|
||||
following "redir" command gives an error for not being able to access s:foo.
|
||||
(ZyX, 2011 Mar 27)
|
||||
@@ -194,6 +311,29 @@ With a filler line in diff mode, it isn't displayed in the column with line
|
||||
number, but it is in the sign column. Doesn't look right. (ZyX 2011 Jun 5)
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 5. Introduces new problems.
|
||||
|
||||
8 Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error".
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, uses ]e [e ]t and [t. 2011 Aug 9.
|
||||
|
||||
8 Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once
|
||||
after typing something.
|
||||
Need for CursorHold that retriggers. Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
|
||||
function that resets did_cursorhold.
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
|
||||
|
||||
7 Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
|
||||
Update by Ben Fritz, with fix for TOhtml. (2011 Jul 30)
|
||||
|
||||
9 Add %F to 'errorformat': file name without spaces. Useful on Unix to
|
||||
avoid matching something up to a time 11:22:33.
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8)
|
||||
Update Nov 19. James Vega: still not right. Christian: it's difficult.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add up to 99 match groups. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 22)
|
||||
Also add named groups: \%{name}(re) and \%{name}g
|
||||
|
||||
In the sandbox it's not allowed to do many things, but it's possible to change
|
||||
or set variables. Add a way to prevent variables from being changed in the
|
||||
sandbox? E.g.: ":protect g:restore_settings".
|
||||
@@ -223,9 +363,6 @@ New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
|
||||
"L'Italie" noted as a spell error at start of the sentence. (Dominique Pelle,
|
||||
2011 Feb 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fail if configure can't find an interface, such as Python.
|
||||
(Shlomi Fish, 2011 Jul 11)
|
||||
|
||||
Copy/paste between Vim and Google chrome doesn't work well for multi-byte
|
||||
characters. (Ben Haskell, 2010 Sep 17)
|
||||
When putting text in the cut buffer (when exiting) and conversion doesn't work
|
||||
@@ -257,6 +394,8 @@ the system encoding (usually utf-8).
|
||||
Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present. It has a BOM.
|
||||
Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
|
||||
|
||||
'beval' option should be global-local.
|
||||
|
||||
Ruby: ":ruby print $buffer.number" returns zero.
|
||||
|
||||
setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
|
||||
@@ -289,6 +428,10 @@ mkdir().
|
||||
|
||||
'cindent' not correct when 'list' is set. (Zdravi Korusef, 2010 Apr 15)
|
||||
|
||||
C-indenting: A matching { in a comment is ignored, but intermediate { are not
|
||||
checked to be in a comment. Implement FM_SKIPCOMM flag of findmatchlimit().
|
||||
Issue 46.
|
||||
|
||||
When 'paste' is changed with 'pastetoggle', the ruler doesn't reflect this
|
||||
right away. (Samuel Ferencik, 2010 Dec 7)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -309,26 +452,20 @@ Echo starts in the wrong column:
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for GVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7)
|
||||
|
||||
GvimExt sets $LANG in the wrong way. Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Jun
|
||||
15. This will fix issue no 11.
|
||||
|
||||
When writing a file > 2Gbyte, the reported number of bytes is negative.
|
||||
(Antonio Colombo, 2010 Dec 18)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
|
||||
(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to make more characters work in dialogs. (Yankwei Jia, 2010 Aug 4)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for VisVim, pass file name to VimOpenFile. (Jiri Sedlak, 2010 Nov 12)
|
||||
|
||||
When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
|
||||
instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
|
||||
|
||||
Crash in setqflist(). (Benoit Mortgat, 2010 Nov 18)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to handle resizing when tab is opened, when at full size. (Yukihiro
|
||||
Nakadaira, 2010 Jan 6)
|
||||
Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
|
||||
Winckler, 2011 May 11)
|
||||
Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
|
||||
back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
|
||||
@@ -386,10 +523,6 @@ Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt,
|
||||
Patch to use 'foldnextmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011
|
||||
Jan 7)
|
||||
|
||||
When setting 'undofile' while the file is already loaded, but unchanged, try
|
||||
to read the undo file. Requires computing a checksum of the text. (Andy
|
||||
Wokula)
|
||||
|
||||
Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17)
|
||||
Only with "vim -u NONE".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -417,25 +550,18 @@ it. Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
|
||||
Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow. Do profiling to
|
||||
find out why.
|
||||
|
||||
Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
|
||||
|
||||
When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
|
||||
Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9)
|
||||
|
||||
Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file. Works OK for
|
||||
echo, just not for ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Cannot use getchar() inside :normal and using an expression mapping. Is this
|
||||
supposed to work? (XyX, 2010 Sep 22)
|
||||
|
||||
When using an expression mapping with a multi-byte character each byte is
|
||||
converted to a utf-8 character. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 4)
|
||||
Patch for possible solution. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Jan 5)
|
||||
|
||||
When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
|
||||
not a string. (Sean Ma) Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
|
||||
string value.
|
||||
|
||||
There is no command line completion for ":lmap".
|
||||
|
||||
":e ~br<Tab>" does not complete to ":e /home/bram/". Would need to use
|
||||
getpwent() to find all the matches.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -473,6 +599,8 @@ Win32: Expanding 'path' runs into a maximum size limit. (bgold12, 2009 Nov 15)
|
||||
Win32: Patch for enabling quick edit mode in console. (Craig Barkhouse, 2010
|
||||
Sep 1)
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: Patch for using .png files for icons. (Charles Peacech, 2012 Feb 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Putting a Visual block while 'visualedit' is "all" does not leave the cursor
|
||||
on the first character. (John Beckett, 2010 Aug 7)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -698,8 +826,6 @@ the buffer to be unmodified.
|
||||
Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11. Followup Jul 14, need to have
|
||||
another look at it.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26)
|
||||
|
||||
c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0".
|
||||
(Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -756,11 +882,6 @@ an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c.
|
||||
This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008
|
||||
July 7)
|
||||
|
||||
The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly.
|
||||
Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24.
|
||||
Should clean up the whole function. Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>?
|
||||
find_special_key() also has this problem.
|
||||
|
||||
Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
|
||||
2008 May 14)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -836,14 +957,9 @@ try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15)
|
||||
|
||||
try/catch not working when inside a for loop. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 25)
|
||||
|
||||
Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin)
|
||||
|
||||
":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window.
|
||||
Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
|
||||
|
||||
":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window
|
||||
in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13)
|
||||
|
||||
Add ":nofold". Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
|
||||
|
||||
Including NFA regexp code:
|
||||
@@ -854,6 +970,7 @@ Performance tests:
|
||||
- ~/vim/test/slowsearch
|
||||
- ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
|
||||
- ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
|
||||
- ~/vim/text/edl.svg (also XML)
|
||||
- search for a.*e*exn in the vim executable. Go to last line to use
|
||||
'hlsearch'.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -871,9 +988,6 @@ Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and
|
||||
":ccl" closes the quickfix window. Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal)
|
||||
Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for :lmake not updating the quickfix window title. (Lech Lorens, 2011
|
||||
Mar 26)
|
||||
|
||||
When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
|
||||
and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -934,9 +1048,6 @@ popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and
|
||||
size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu.
|
||||
This should avoid flicker. Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22.
|
||||
|
||||
When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated. Patch
|
||||
to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30)
|
||||
|
||||
Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has
|
||||
a trailing NUL. (Joachim Hofmann) Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT
|
||||
isn't right?
|
||||
@@ -989,6 +1100,15 @@ Latest version: 2011 May 18
|
||||
http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
|
||||
Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Windows installer should install 32-bit version of right-click handler also on
|
||||
64-bit systems. (Brian Cunningham, 2011 Dec 28)
|
||||
|
||||
Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
|
||||
Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
|
||||
Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
|
||||
argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
|
||||
(Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26)
|
||||
|
||||
Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap.
|
||||
(Benjamin Fritz, 2010 Aug 16)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1042,12 +1162,6 @@ pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails:
|
||||
echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"')
|
||||
Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell'
|
||||
contains "cmd" in the tail? (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13)
|
||||
Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s.
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly.
|
||||
Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24.
|
||||
Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead?
|
||||
@@ -1075,9 +1189,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
|
||||
Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
|
||||
windows. (Adam George)
|
||||
|
||||
When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right.
|
||||
(Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28) Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2.
|
||||
|
||||
F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
|
||||
modifier key. Need to catch three different sequences. Use K_ZF1, like
|
||||
K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
|
||||
@@ -1158,12 +1269,6 @@ When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
|
||||
Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change
|
||||
the Visual area. Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15)
|
||||
|
||||
Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
|
||||
Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
|
||||
Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
|
||||
argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
|
||||
(Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26)
|
||||
|
||||
GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal.
|
||||
|
||||
Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters. Add the
|
||||
@@ -1438,6 +1543,8 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
|
||||
At next release:
|
||||
- Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
|
||||
creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
|
||||
- Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
|
||||
E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
More patches:
|
||||
@@ -1504,6 +1611,7 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
|
||||
Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
|
||||
Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
|
||||
More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
|
||||
Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
|
||||
8 Add a few more command names to the menus. Patch from Jiri Brezina
|
||||
(28 feb 2002). Will mess the translations...
|
||||
7 ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
|
||||
@@ -1659,18 +1767,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
|
||||
the wide functions.
|
||||
8 On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2
|
||||
file names. Can we load unicows.dll dynamically?
|
||||
8 Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a
|
||||
scrollbar Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz,
|
||||
2008 Oct)
|
||||
8 When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and
|
||||
Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor.
|
||||
Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey)
|
||||
When the primary monitor is on the right, coordinates on the left monitor
|
||||
are negative. Clamping to zero means gvim jups to the primary monitor.
|
||||
(Michael Wookey, 2010 Aug 17)
|
||||
Probably the same issue: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim
|
||||
jumps from the secondary to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9)
|
||||
Possible solution using GetSystemMetrics() (Sergey Khorev, 2010 Aug 18)
|
||||
8 The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
|
||||
The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs.
|
||||
Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
|
||||
@@ -2662,7 +2758,6 @@ Folding:
|
||||
8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only.
|
||||
9 Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold
|
||||
with certain level. Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds.
|
||||
7 Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
|
||||
8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the
|
||||
behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the
|
||||
user aware of this?
|
||||
@@ -2842,7 +2937,6 @@ Syntax highlighting:
|
||||
8 Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey
|
||||
background) when on one of the parens or in between them.
|
||||
Option for the matchparen plugin?
|
||||
8 Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error".
|
||||
8 When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop
|
||||
sequences. Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be
|
||||
used.
|
||||
@@ -3143,10 +3237,6 @@ Performance:
|
||||
Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place.
|
||||
Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase.
|
||||
Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc.
|
||||
8 When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the
|
||||
"linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was
|
||||
read so far. Use realloc() instead? Or split the line when allocating
|
||||
memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)?
|
||||
8 When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to
|
||||
compare each pattern with all existing patterns. Use a hash code to avoid
|
||||
using strcmp() too often?
|
||||
@@ -4395,9 +4485,6 @@ Sessions:
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
7 ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and
|
||||
restore it after the command has executed.
|
||||
7 Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only
|
||||
required for a few options. Only do it for those options to avoid the
|
||||
side effect.
|
||||
8 Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string
|
||||
options that are a comma separated list. The old number values should
|
||||
also be supported.
|
||||
@@ -4479,11 +4566,8 @@ Marks:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Digraphs:
|
||||
7 Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
|
||||
Also the keymap?
|
||||
7 Make "ga" show the keymap for a character, if it exists.
|
||||
Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'filenecoding'.
|
||||
- Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line
|
||||
below/above).
|
||||
- Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special
|
||||
characters?
|
||||
8 Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown)
|
||||
@@ -4601,8 +4685,6 @@ Debug mode:
|
||||
Various improvements:
|
||||
9 Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
|
||||
from Vim script. Requires converting the arguments and return value.
|
||||
8 ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work. Also: ":sign unplace *
|
||||
buffer={bufnr}". So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
|
||||
7 Add plugins for formatting? Should be able to make a choice depending on
|
||||
the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
|
||||
Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
|
||||
@@ -4620,8 +4702,6 @@ Various improvements:
|
||||
7 Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to
|
||||
do this with Vim script. A function that filters the raw text that comes
|
||||
from the 'makeprg'?
|
||||
9 Add %F to 'errorformat': file name without spaces. Useful on Unix to
|
||||
avoid matching something up to a time 11:22:33.
|
||||
- Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh
|
||||
Govindachar)
|
||||
7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*undo.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Dec 19
|
||||
*undo.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Mar 04
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -35,8 +35,10 @@ CTRL-R Redo [count] changes which were undone. {Vi: redraw
|
||||
:red[o] Redo one change which was undone. {Vi: no redo}
|
||||
|
||||
*U*
|
||||
U Undo all latest changes on one line. {Vi: while not
|
||||
moved off of it}
|
||||
U Undo all latest changes on one line, the line where
|
||||
the latest change was made. |U| itself also counts as
|
||||
a change, and thus |U| undoes a previous |U|.
|
||||
{Vi: while not moved off of the last modified line}
|
||||
|
||||
The last changes are remembered. You can use the undo and redo commands above
|
||||
to revert the text to how it was before each change. You can also apply the
|
||||
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ detect if an undo file is no longer synchronized with the file it was written
|
||||
for (with a hash of the file contents) and ignore it when the file was changed
|
||||
after the undo file was written, to prevent corruption. An undo file is also
|
||||
ignored if its owner differs from the owner of the edited file. Set 'verbose'
|
||||
to get a message about that.
|
||||
to get a message about that when opening a file.
|
||||
|
||||
Undo files are normally saved in the same directory as the file. This can be
|
||||
changed with the 'undodir' option.
|
||||
@@ -265,7 +267,12 @@ respectively:
|
||||
(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
|
||||
this fails, unless the ! was added.
|
||||
If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
|
||||
overwritten.
|
||||
overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be
|
||||
written.
|
||||
Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
|
||||
the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
|
||||
name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
|
||||
in a write-protected directory.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
:rundo {file} Read undo history from {file}.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*usr_41.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Jun 19
|
||||
*usr_41.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Dec 15
|
||||
|
||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -670,6 +670,12 @@ Floating point computation: *float-functions*
|
||||
cosh() hyperbolic cosine
|
||||
tanh() hyperbolic tangent
|
||||
|
||||
Other computation: *bitwise-function*
|
||||
and() bitwise AND
|
||||
invert() bitwise invert
|
||||
or() bitwise OR
|
||||
xor() bitwise XOR
|
||||
|
||||
Variables: *var-functions*
|
||||
type() type of a variable
|
||||
islocked() check if a variable is locked
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*various.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 May 19
|
||||
*various.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2012 Jan 15
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -136,6 +136,9 @@ g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
|
||||
then twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
|
||||
otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.
|
||||
|
||||
If there is a {count} the 'window' option is set to
|
||||
its value.
|
||||
|
||||
:z can be used either alone or followed by any of
|
||||
several punctuation marks. These have the following
|
||||
effect:
|
||||
@@ -350,72 +353,74 @@ N *+mouseshape* |'mouseshape'|
|
||||
B *+mouse_dec* Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
|
||||
N *+mouse_gpm* Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
|
||||
B *+mouse_netterm* Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
|
||||
N *+mouse_pterm* QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
|
||||
N *+mouse_pterm* QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
|
||||
N *+mouse_sysmouse* Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
|
||||
N *+mouse_xterm* Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
|
||||
B *+multi_byte* 16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
|
||||
N *+mouse_urxvt* Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
|
||||
N *+mouse_xterm* Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
|
||||
B *+multi_byte* 16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
|
||||
*+multi_byte_ime* Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
|
||||
N *+multi_lang* non-English language support |multi-lang|
|
||||
N *+multi_lang* non-English language support |multi-lang|
|
||||
m *+mzscheme* Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
|
||||
m *+mzscheme/dyn* Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
m *+netbeans_intg* |netbeans|
|
||||
m *+ole* Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
|
||||
N *+path_extra* Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
|
||||
m *+ole* Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
|
||||
N *+path_extra* Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
|
||||
m *+perl* Perl interface |perl|
|
||||
m *+perl/dyn* Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
N *+persistent_undo* Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
|
||||
*+postscript* |:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
|
||||
*+postscript* |:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
|
||||
N *+printer* |:hardcopy| command
|
||||
H *+profile* |:profile| command
|
||||
m *+python* Python 2 interface |python|
|
||||
m *+python/dyn* Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
m *+python/dyn* Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
m *+python3* Python 3 interface |python|
|
||||
m *+python3/dyn* Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
m *+python3/dyn* Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
N *+quickfix* |:make| and |quickfix| commands
|
||||
N *+reltime* |reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
|
||||
'redrawtime' option
|
||||
B *+rightleft* Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
|
||||
m *+ruby* Ruby interface |ruby|
|
||||
m *+ruby/dyn* Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
N *+scrollbind* |'scrollbind'|
|
||||
N *+scrollbind* |'scrollbind'|
|
||||
B *+signs* |:sign|
|
||||
N *+smartindent* |'smartindent'|
|
||||
N *+smartindent* |'smartindent'|
|
||||
m *+sniff* SniFF interface |sniff|
|
||||
N *+startuptime* |--startuptime| argument
|
||||
N *+statusline* Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
|
||||
N *+startuptime* |--startuptime| argument
|
||||
N *+statusline* Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
|
||||
formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
|
||||
m *+sun_workshop* |workshop|
|
||||
N *+syntax* Syntax highlighting |syntax|
|
||||
*+system()* Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
|
||||
N *+tag_binary* binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
|
||||
N *+tag_binary* binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
|
||||
N *+tag_old_static* old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
|
||||
m *+tag_any_white* any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
|
||||
m *+tcl* Tcl interface |tcl|
|
||||
m *+tcl* Tcl interface |tcl|
|
||||
m *+tcl/dyn* Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
*+terminfo* uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
|
||||
N *+termresponse* support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
|
||||
N *+textobjects* |text-objects| selection
|
||||
N *+textobjects* |text-objects| selection
|
||||
*+tgetent* non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
|
||||
N *+title* Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
|
||||
N *+toolbar* |gui-toolbar|
|
||||
N *+user_commands* User-defined commands. |user-commands|
|
||||
N *+viminfo* |'viminfo'|
|
||||
N *+vertsplit* Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
|
||||
N *+virtualedit* |'virtualedit'|
|
||||
N *+virtualedit* |'virtualedit'|
|
||||
S *+visual* Visual mode |Visual-mode|
|
||||
N *+visualextra* extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
|
||||
N *+visualextra* extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
|
||||
N *+vreplace* |gR| and |gr|
|
||||
N *+wildignore* |'wildignore'|
|
||||
N *+wildignore* |'wildignore'|
|
||||
N *+wildmenu* |'wildmenu'|
|
||||
S *+windows* more than one window
|
||||
m *+writebackup* |'writebackup'| is default on
|
||||
m *+xim* X input method |xim|
|
||||
m *+writebackup* |'writebackup'| is default on
|
||||
m *+xim* X input method |xim|
|
||||
*+xfontset* X fontset support |xfontset|
|
||||
m *+xpm_w32* Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |:sign-define|
|
||||
*+xsmp* XSMP (X session management) support
|
||||
*+xsmp_interact* interactive XSMP (X session management) support
|
||||
N *+xterm_clipboard* Unix only: xterm clipboard handling
|
||||
m *+xterm_save* save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
|
||||
N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
||||
m *+xterm_save* save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
|
||||
N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
||||
|
||||
*/dyn* *E370* *E448*
|
||||
To some of the features "/dyn" is added when the
|
||||
@@ -602,6 +607,10 @@ K Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
|
||||
"gs" stands for "goto sleep".
|
||||
While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text,
|
||||
if at a visible position. {not in Vi}
|
||||
Also process the received netbeans messages. {only
|
||||
available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*g_CTRL-A*
|
||||
g CTRL-A Only when Vim was compiled with MEM_PROFILING defined
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*vi_diff.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Oct 11
|
||||
*vi_diff.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Aug 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ Maximum display width Unix and Win32: 1024 characters, otherwise 255
|
||||
characters
|
||||
Maximum lhs of a mapping 50 characters.
|
||||
Number of different highlighting types: over 30000
|
||||
Range of a Number variable: -2147483648 to 2147483647 (more on 64 bit
|
||||
systems)
|
||||
Range of a Number variable: -2147483648 to 2147483647 (might be more on 64
|
||||
bit systems)
|
||||
Maximum length of a line in a tags file: 512 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Information for undo and text in registers is kept in memory, thus when making
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*windows.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2010 Aug 15
|
||||
*windows.txt* For Vim version 7.3. Last change: 2011 Aug 14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ window will appear.
|
||||
|
||||
These command modifiers can be combined to make a vertically split window
|
||||
occupy the full height. Example: >
|
||||
:vertical topleft edit tags
|
||||
:vertical topleft split tags
|
||||
Opens a vertically split, full-height window on the "tags" file at the far
|
||||
left of the Vim window.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim support file to detect file types
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Jul 17
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Feb 24
|
||||
|
||||
" Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
|
||||
if exists("did_load_filetypes")
|
||||
@@ -566,7 +566,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.d call s:DtraceCheck()
|
||||
|
||||
func! s:DtraceCheck()
|
||||
let lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 100]))
|
||||
if match(lines, '^#!\S\+dtrace\|#pragma\s\+D\s\+option\|:\S\{-}:\S\{-}:') > -1
|
||||
if match(lines, '^module\>\|^import\>') > -1
|
||||
" D files often start with a module and/or import statement.
|
||||
setf d
|
||||
elseif match(lines, '^#!\S\+dtrace\|#pragma\s\+D\s\+option\|:\S\{-}:\S\{-}:') > -1
|
||||
setf dtrace
|
||||
else
|
||||
setf d
|
||||
@@ -754,6 +757,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/**/gnupg/options.skel setf gpg
|
||||
" gnash(1) configuration files
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
|
||||
|
||||
" Gitolite
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf setf gitolite
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead */gitolite-admin/conf/* call s:StarSetf('gitolite')
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc setf perl
|
||||
|
||||
" Gnuplot scripts
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi setf gnuplot
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -922,7 +930,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav setf java
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt setf javacc
|
||||
|
||||
" JavaScript, ECMAScript
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx setf javascript
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.json setf javascript
|
||||
|
||||
" Java Server Pages
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp setf jsp
|
||||
@@ -1209,6 +1217,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.NS[ACGLMNPS] setf natural
|
||||
" Netrc
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead .netrc setf netrc
|
||||
|
||||
" Ninja file
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ninja setf ninja
|
||||
|
||||
" Novell netware batch files
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ncf setf ncf
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1253,7 +1264,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nqc setf nqc
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nsi setf nsis
|
||||
|
||||
" OCAML
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly setf ocaml
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly,.ocamlinit setf ocaml
|
||||
|
||||
" Occam
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.occ setf occam
|
||||
@@ -2306,6 +2317,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead fglrxrc setf xml
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xlf setf xml
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xliff setf xml
|
||||
|
||||
" XML User Interface Language
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xul setf xml
|
||||
|
||||
" X11 xmodmap (also see below)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *Xmodmap setf xmodmap
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2345,6 +2359,9 @@ endfunc
|
||||
" Yaml
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml setf yaml
|
||||
|
||||
" yum conf (close enough to dosini)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf setf dosini
|
||||
|
||||
" Zope
|
||||
" dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
|
||||
" cpt (zope form controller page template)
|
||||
@@ -2515,26 +2532,35 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap* call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')
|
||||
" Xinetd conf
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/* call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
|
||||
|
||||
" yum conf (close enough to dosini)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/* call s:StarSetf('dosini')
|
||||
|
||||
" Z-Shell script
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog* call s:StarSetf('zsh')
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" Plain text files, needs to be far down to not override others. This avoids
|
||||
" the "conf" type being used if there is a line starting with '#'.
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text setf text
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" Use the filetype detect plugins. They may overrule any of the previously
|
||||
" detected filetypes.
|
||||
runtime! ftdetect/*.vim
|
||||
|
||||
" NOTE: The above command could have ended the filetypedetect autocmd group
|
||||
" and started another one. Let's make sure it has ended to get to a consistent
|
||||
" state.
|
||||
augroup END
|
||||
|
||||
" Generic configuration file (check this last, it's just guessing!)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead,StdinReadPost *
|
||||
au filetypedetect BufNewFile,BufRead,StdinReadPost *
|
||||
\ if !did_filetype() && expand("<amatch>") !~ g:ft_ignore_pat
|
||||
\ && (getline(1) =~ '^#' || getline(2) =~ '^#' || getline(3) =~ '^#'
|
||||
\ || getline(4) =~ '^#' || getline(5) =~ '^#') |
|
||||
\ setf conf |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
|
||||
augroup END
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" If the GUI is already running, may still need to install the Syntax menu.
|
||||
" Don't do it when the 'M' flag is included in 'guioptions'.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: Abaqus finite element input file (www.abaqus.com)
|
||||
" Maintainer: Carl Osterwisch <osterwischc@asme.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2008 Oct 5
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
|
||||
@@ -87,3 +87,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|unmap <buffer> [[|unmap <buffer> ]]"
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore saved compatibility options
|
||||
let &cpoptions = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -41,3 +41,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -57,3 +57,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:match_words b:match_ignorecase b:browsefilter |
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: C
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2007 Sep 25
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Aug 04
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ endif
|
||||
|
||||
" When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
|
||||
" braces in comments.
|
||||
let b:match_words = &matchpairs
|
||||
let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
|
||||
let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'
|
||||
|
||||
" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -39,3 +39,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter | " . b:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -24,3 +24,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:match_words"
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,3 +45,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< formatoptions<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
|
||||
" Maintainer: Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
|
||||
" Former Maintainers: Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
|
||||
" Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010-07-11
|
||||
" License: GNU GPL, version 2.0 or later
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012-01-31
|
||||
" License: Vim License
|
||||
" URL: http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
|
||||
|
||||
" Bug completion requires apt-listbugs installed for Debian packages or
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,3 +37,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< comments< formatoptions<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
87
runtime/ftplugin/erlang.vim
Normal file
87
runtime/ftplugin/erlang.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
" Vim ftplugin file
|
||||
" Language: Erlang
|
||||
" Author: Oscar Hellstr<74>m <oscar@oscarh.net>
|
||||
" Contributors: Ricardo Catalinas Jim<69>nez <jimenezrick@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Eduardo Lopez (http://github.com/tapichu)
|
||||
" License: Vim license
|
||||
" Version: 2012/01/25
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
|
||||
finish
|
||||
else
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('s:did_function_definitions')
|
||||
call s:SetErlangOptions()
|
||||
finish
|
||||
else
|
||||
let s:did_function_definitions = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists('g:erlang_keywordprg')
|
||||
let g:erlang_keywordprg = 'erl -man'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists('g:erlang_folding')
|
||||
let g:erlang_folding = 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let s:erlang_fun_begin = '^\a\w*(.*$'
|
||||
let s:erlang_fun_end = '^[^%]*\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
|
||||
|
||||
function s:SetErlangOptions()
|
||||
if g:erlang_folding
|
||||
setlocal foldmethod=expr
|
||||
setlocal foldexpr=GetErlangFold(v:lnum)
|
||||
setlocal foldtext=ErlangFoldText()
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal comments=:%%%,:%%,:%
|
||||
setlocal commentstring=%%s
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal formatoptions+=ro
|
||||
let &l:keywordprg = g:erlang_keywordprg
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function GetErlangFold(lnum)
|
||||
let lnum = a:lnum
|
||||
let line = getline(lnum)
|
||||
|
||||
if line =~ s:erlang_fun_end
|
||||
return '<1'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin && foldlevel(lnum - 1) == 1
|
||||
return '1'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin
|
||||
return '>1'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return '='
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function ErlangFoldText()
|
||||
let line = getline(v:foldstart)
|
||||
let foldlen = v:foldend - v:foldstart + 1
|
||||
let lines = ' ' . foldlen . ' lines: ' . substitute(line, "[\ \t]*", '', '')
|
||||
if foldlen < 10
|
||||
let lines = ' ' . lines
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let retval = '+' . v:folddashes . lines
|
||||
|
||||
return retval
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
call s:SetErlangOptions()
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<"
|
||||
\ . " comments< commentstring< formatoptions<"
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin
|
||||
" Language: eRuby
|
||||
" Maintainer: Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Apr 15
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
" URL: http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
|
||||
" Anon CVS: See above site
|
||||
" Release Coordinator: Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
|
||||
@@ -100,5 +100,6 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< "
|
||||
\ " | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: Falcon
|
||||
" Author: Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 Steven Oliver
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Steven Oliver
|
||||
" License: You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
|
||||
" --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: 2762 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
|
||||
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal tabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 expandtab fileencoding=utf-8
|
||||
setlocal suffixesadd=.fal
|
||||
setlocal suffixesadd=.fal,.ftd
|
||||
|
||||
" Matchit support
|
||||
if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
|
||||
@@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
|
||||
|
||||
" Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog
|
||||
if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
let b:browsefilter = "Falcon Source Files (*.fal)\t*.fal\n" .
|
||||
let b:browsefilter = "Falcon Source Files (*.fal *.ftd)\t*.fal;*.ftd\n" .
|
||||
\ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
" vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim settings file
|
||||
" Language: Fortran90 (and Fortran95, Fortran77, F and elf90)
|
||||
" Version: 0.46
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 July 24
|
||||
" Version: 0.47
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 December 28
|
||||
" Maintainer: Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
|
||||
" Usage: Do :help fortran-plugin from Vim
|
||||
" Credits:
|
||||
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cposet=&cpoptions
|
||||
set cpoptions&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" Don't do other file type settings for this buffer
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -78,9 +81,6 @@ setlocal fo+=tcql
|
||||
setlocal include=^\\c#\\=\\s*include\\s\\+
|
||||
setlocal suffixesadd+=.f95,.f90,.for,.f,.F,.f77,.ftn,.fpp
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cposet=&cpoptions
|
||||
set cpoptions-=C
|
||||
|
||||
" Define patterns for the matchit plugin
|
||||
if !exists("b:match_words")
|
||||
let s:notend = '\%(\<end\s\+\)\@<!'
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin
|
||||
" Language: Haml
|
||||
" Maintainer: Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 May 21
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -63,5 +63,6 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< "
|
||||
\ " | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:set sw=2:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ endif
|
||||
" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
let cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< tw< commentstring<"
|
||||
@@ -57,5 +57,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal ignorecase
|
||||
let &cpo = cpo_save
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
setlocal cpo+=M " makes \%( match \)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -88,3 +88,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< matchpairs< omnifunc< comments< f
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,5 +34,6 @@ let &l:include = '\\input'
|
||||
setlocal suffixesadd=.tex
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: Java
|
||||
" Maintainer: Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
|
||||
" Last Change: 20 Jan 2009
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
" URL: http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
|
||||
@@ -48,3 +48,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixes< suffixesadd<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,3 +64,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: Kimwitu++
|
||||
" Maintainer: Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
|
||||
" Last Change: 16 August 2001
|
||||
" Maintainer: Michael Piefel <entwurf@piefel.de>
|
||||
" Last Change: 10 December 2011
|
||||
|
||||
" Behaves almost like C++
|
||||
runtime! ftplugin/cpp.vim ftplugin/cpp_*.vim ftplugin/cpp/*.vim
|
||||
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" Limit the browser to related files
|
||||
if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
@@ -18,3 +19,6 @@ endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Set the errorformat for the Kimwitu++ compiler
|
||||
set efm+=kc%.%#:\ error\ at\ %f:%l:\ %m
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin
|
||||
" Language: Lisp
|
||||
" Maintainer: Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
|
||||
" URL: http://iamphet.nm.ru/vim
|
||||
" URL: http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
|
||||
" Original author: Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
|
||||
" Original URL: http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
|
||||
" Last Change: Nov 8, 2004
|
||||
" Last Change: Mar 5, 2012
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -24,3 +24,5 @@ setl lisp
|
||||
" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
|
||||
setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
|
||||
setl formatoptions+=croql
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp<"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: Logcheck
|
||||
" Maintainer: Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
|
||||
" License: GNU GPL, version 2.0
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Jan 15
|
||||
" License: Vim License
|
||||
" URL: http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/logcheck.vim
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file.
|
||||
" Language: Lua 4.0+
|
||||
" Maintainer: Max Ischenko <mfi@ukr.net>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2008 Mar 25
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 07
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ endif
|
||||
" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines, and insert
|
||||
" the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
|
||||
setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
|
||||
@@ -22,8 +25,6 @@ setlocal suffixesadd=.lua
|
||||
|
||||
" The following lines enable the macros/matchit.vim plugin for
|
||||
" extended matching with the % key.
|
||||
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
if exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
|
||||
let b:match_ignorecase = 0
|
||||
@@ -34,3 +35,8 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
\ '\<repeat\>:\<until\>'
|
||||
|
||||
endif " exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< suffixesadd<"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: man
|
||||
" Maintainer: SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Nov 29
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 6
|
||||
|
||||
" To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
|
||||
" this script from your startup vimrc file.
|
||||
@@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ if &filetype == "man"
|
||||
|
||||
" Ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (man-db does this)
|
||||
" when doing ctrl-[ on a man page reference.
|
||||
let $MANPAGER = ""
|
||||
if exists("$MANPAGER")
|
||||
let $MANPAGER = ""
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" allow dot and dash in manual page name.
|
||||
setlocal iskeyword+=\.,-
|
||||
@@ -33,6 +35,8 @@ if &filetype == "man"
|
||||
nnoremap <buffer> <c-t> :call <SID>PopPage()<CR>
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal iskeyword<"
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists(":Man") != 2
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin
|
||||
" Language: Markdown
|
||||
" Maintainer: Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 May 21
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Dec 14
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
|
||||
setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
|
||||
setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|setl cms< com< fo<"
|
||||
if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
|
||||
else
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:set sw=2:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,6 +25,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< "
|
||||
\ . "| unlet! b:match_words"
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,17 +2,18 @@
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Baelde <firstname.name@ens-lyon.org>
|
||||
" Mike Leary <leary@nwlink.com>
|
||||
" Markus Mottl <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Pierre Vittet <pierre-vittet@pvittet.com>
|
||||
" Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@bononia.it>
|
||||
" Vincent Aravantinos <firstname.name@imag.fr>
|
||||
" URL: http://www.ocaml.info/vim/ftplugin/ocaml.vim
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010 Jul 10 - Bugfix, thanks to Pat Rondon
|
||||
" Last Change:
|
||||
" 2012 Jan 15 - Bugfix :reloading .annot file does not close
|
||||
" splitted view (Pierre Vittet)
|
||||
" 2011 Nov 28 - Bugfix + support of multiple ml annotation file
|
||||
" (Pierre Vittet)
|
||||
" 2010 Jul 10 - Bugfix, thanks to Pat Rondon
|
||||
" 2008 Jul 17 - Bugfix related to fnameescape (VA)
|
||||
" 2007 Sep 09 - Added .annot support for ocamlbuild, python not
|
||||
" needed anymore (VA)
|
||||
" 2006 May 01 - Added .annot support for file.whateverext (SZ)
|
||||
" 2006 Apr 11 - Fixed an initialization bug; fixed ASS abbrev (MM)
|
||||
" 2005 Oct 13 - removed GPL; better matchit support (MM, SZ)
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Error handling -- helps moving where the compiler wants you to go
|
||||
let s:cposet=&cpoptions
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
setlocal efm=
|
||||
\%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d:,
|
||||
\%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ character\ %c:%m,
|
||||
@@ -211,7 +212,7 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" cursor position.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Typing '<LocalLeader>t' (LocalLeader defaults to '\', see :h LocalLeader)
|
||||
" will cause " Ocaml_print_type function to be invoked with the right
|
||||
" will cause " Ocaml_print_type function to be invoked with the right
|
||||
" argument depending on the current mode (visual or not).
|
||||
" >>
|
||||
"
|
||||
@@ -221,9 +222,9 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" - no need for python support
|
||||
" + plus : more portable
|
||||
" + minus: no more lazy parsing, it looks very fast however
|
||||
"
|
||||
"
|
||||
" - ocamlbuild support, ie.
|
||||
" + the plugin finds the _build directory and looks for the
|
||||
" + the plugin finds the _build directory and looks for the
|
||||
" corresponding file inside;
|
||||
" + if the user decides to change the name of the _build directory thanks
|
||||
" to the '-build-dir' option of ocamlbuild, the plugin will manage in
|
||||
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" + if ocamlbuild is not used, the usual behaviour holds; ie. the .annot
|
||||
" file should be in the same directory as the source file;
|
||||
" + for vim plugin programmers:
|
||||
" the variable 'b:_build_dir' contains the inferred path to the build
|
||||
" the variable 'b:_build_dir' contains the inferred path to the build
|
||||
" directory, even if this one is not named '_build'.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Bonus :
|
||||
@@ -287,24 +288,27 @@ endfunction
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" After call:
|
||||
" - b:annot_file_path :
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Following information have been put in s:annot_file_list, using
|
||||
" annot_file_name name as key:
|
||||
" - annot_file_path :
|
||||
" path to the .annot file corresponding to the
|
||||
" source file (dealing with ocamlbuild stuff)
|
||||
" - b:_build_path:
|
||||
" - _build_path:
|
||||
" path to the build directory even if this one is
|
||||
" not named '_build'
|
||||
" - date_of_last annot:
|
||||
" Set to 0 until we load the file. It contains the
|
||||
" date at which the file has been loaded.
|
||||
function! s:Locate_annotation()
|
||||
if !b:annotation_file_located
|
||||
|
||||
let annot_file_name = s:Fnameescape(expand('%:t:r')).'.annot'
|
||||
if !exists ("s:annot_file_list[annot_file_name]")
|
||||
silent exe 'cd' s:Fnameescape(expand('%:p:h'))
|
||||
|
||||
let annot_file_name = s:Fnameescape(expand('%:r')).'.annot'
|
||||
|
||||
" 1st case : the annot file is in the same directory as the buffer (no ocamlbuild)
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'.')
|
||||
if b:annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.b:annot_file_path
|
||||
let b:_build_path = ''
|
||||
let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'.')
|
||||
if annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
let annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.annot_file_path
|
||||
let _build_path = ''
|
||||
else
|
||||
" 2nd case : the buffer and the _build directory are in the same directory
|
||||
" ..
|
||||
@@ -312,15 +316,15 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" / \
|
||||
" _build .ml
|
||||
"
|
||||
let b:_build_path = finddir('_build','.')
|
||||
if b:_build_path != ''
|
||||
let b:_build_path = getcwd().'/'.b:_build_path
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'_build')
|
||||
if b:annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.b:annot_file_path
|
||||
let _build_path = finddir('_build','.')
|
||||
if _build_path != ''
|
||||
let _build_path = getcwd().'/'._build_path
|
||||
let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'_build')
|
||||
if annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
let annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.annot_file_path
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
" 3rd case : the _build directory is in a directory higher in the file hierarchy
|
||||
" 3rd case : the _build directory is in a directory higher in the file hierarchy
|
||||
" (it can't be deeper by ocamlbuild requirements)
|
||||
" ..
|
||||
" / \
|
||||
@@ -330,65 +334,74 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" \
|
||||
" .ml
|
||||
"
|
||||
let b:_build_path = finddir('_build',';')
|
||||
if b:_build_path != ''
|
||||
let project_path = substitute(b:_build_path,'/_build$','','')
|
||||
let _build_path = finddir('_build',';')
|
||||
if _build_path != ''
|
||||
let project_path = substitute(_build_path,'/_build$','','')
|
||||
let path_relative_to_project = s:Fnameescape(substitute(expand('%:p:h'),project_path.'/','',''))
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,project_path.'/_build/'.path_relative_to_project)
|
||||
let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,project_path.'/_build/'.path_relative_to_project)
|
||||
else
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**')
|
||||
let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**')
|
||||
"4th case : what if the user decided to change the name of the _build directory ?
|
||||
" -> we relax the constraints, it should work in most cases
|
||||
if b:annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
if annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
" 4a. we suppose the renamed _build directory is in the current directory
|
||||
let b:_build_path = matchstr(b:annot_file_path,'^[^/]*')
|
||||
if b:annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.b:annot_file_path
|
||||
let b:_build_path = getcwd().'/'.b:_build_path
|
||||
let _build_path = matchstr(annot_file_path,'^[^/]*')
|
||||
if annot_file_path != ''
|
||||
let annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.annot_file_path
|
||||
let _build_path = getcwd().'/'._build_path
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
let annot_file_name = ''
|
||||
"(Pierre Vittet: I have commented 4b because this was chrashing
|
||||
"my vim (it produced infinite loop))
|
||||
"
|
||||
" 4b. anarchy : the renamed _build directory may be higher in the hierarchy
|
||||
" this will work if the file for which we are looking annotations has a unique name in the whole project
|
||||
" if this is not the case, it may still work, but no warranty here
|
||||
let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**;')
|
||||
let project_path = s:Find_common_path(b:annot_file_path,expand('%:p:h'))
|
||||
let b:_build_path = matchstr(b:annot_file_path,project_path.'/[^/]*')
|
||||
"let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**;')
|
||||
"let project_path = s:Find_common_path(annot_file_path,expand('%:p:h'))
|
||||
"let _build_path = matchstr(annot_file_path,project_path.'/[^/]*')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if b:annot_file_path == ''
|
||||
if annot_file_path == ''
|
||||
throw 'E484: no annotation file found'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
silent exe 'cd' '-'
|
||||
|
||||
let b:annotation_file_located = 1
|
||||
let s:annot_file_list[annot_file_name]= [annot_file_path, _build_path, 0]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" This in order to locate the .annot file only once
|
||||
let b:annotation_file_located = 0
|
||||
" This variable contain a dictionnary of list. Each element of the dictionnary
|
||||
" represent an annotation system. An annotation system is a list with :
|
||||
" - annotation file name as it's key
|
||||
" - annotation file path as first element of the contained list
|
||||
" - build path as second element of the contained list
|
||||
" - annot_file_last_mod (contain the date of .annot file) as third element
|
||||
let s:annot_file_list = {}
|
||||
|
||||
" 2. Finding the type information in the annotation file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" a. The annotation file is opened in vim as a buffer that
|
||||
" should be (almost) invisible to the user.
|
||||
|
||||
" After call:
|
||||
" The current buffer is now the one containing the .annot file.
|
||||
" We manage to keep all this hidden to the user's eye.
|
||||
function! s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
|
||||
function! s:Enter_annotation_buffer(annot_file_path)
|
||||
let s:current_pos = getpos('.')
|
||||
let s:current_hidden = &l:hidden
|
||||
set hidden
|
||||
let s:current_buf = bufname('%')
|
||||
if bufloaded(b:annot_file_path)
|
||||
silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'buffer' s:Fnameescape(b:annot_file_path)
|
||||
if bufloaded(a:annot_file_path)
|
||||
silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'buffer' s:Fnameescape(a:annot_file_path)
|
||||
else
|
||||
silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'view' s:Fnameescape(b:annot_file_path)
|
||||
silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'view' s:Fnameescape(a:annot_file_path)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
call setpos(".", [0, 0 , 0 , 0])
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" After call:
|
||||
@@ -401,27 +414,35 @@ endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" After call:
|
||||
" The annot file is loaded and assigned to a buffer.
|
||||
" This also handles the modification date of the .annot file, eg. after a
|
||||
" compilation.
|
||||
function! s:Load_annotation()
|
||||
if bufloaded(b:annot_file_path) && b:annot_file_last_mod < getftime(b:annot_file_path)
|
||||
call s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
|
||||
silent exe "bunload"
|
||||
call s:Exit_annotation_buffer()
|
||||
" This also handles the modification date of the .annot file, eg. after a
|
||||
" compilation (return an updated annot_file_list).
|
||||
function! s:Load_annotation(annot_file_name)
|
||||
let annot = s:annot_file_list[a:annot_file_name]
|
||||
let annot_file_path = annot[0]
|
||||
let annot_file_last_mod = 0
|
||||
if exists("annot[2]")
|
||||
let annot_file_last_mod = annot[2]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !bufloaded(b:annot_file_path)
|
||||
call s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
|
||||
if bufloaded(annot_file_path) && annot_file_last_mod < getftime(annot_file_path)
|
||||
" if there is a more recent file
|
||||
let nr = bufnr(annot_file_path)
|
||||
silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'bunload' nr
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !bufloaded(annot_file_path)
|
||||
call s:Enter_annotation_buffer(annot_file_path)
|
||||
setlocal nobuflisted
|
||||
setlocal bufhidden=hide
|
||||
setlocal noswapfile
|
||||
setlocal buftype=nowrite
|
||||
call s:Exit_annotation_buffer()
|
||||
let b:annot_file_last_mod = getftime(b:annot_file_path)
|
||||
let annot[2] = getftime(annot_file_path)
|
||||
" List updated with the new date
|
||||
let s:annot_file_list[a:annot_file_name] = annot
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"b. 'search' and 'match' work to find the type information
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"In: - lin1,col1: postion of expression first char
|
||||
" - lin2,col2: postion of expression last char
|
||||
"Out: - the pattern to be looked for to find the block
|
||||
@@ -462,12 +483,13 @@ endfunction
|
||||
let end = line(".") - 1
|
||||
return join(getline(begin,end),"\n")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"In: the pattern to look for in order to match the block
|
||||
"Out: the type information (calls s:Match_data)
|
||||
" Should be called in the annotation buffer
|
||||
function! s:Extract_type_data(block_pattern)
|
||||
call s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
|
||||
function! s:Extract_type_data(block_pattern, annot_file_name)
|
||||
let annot_file_path = s:annot_file_list[a:annot_file_name][0]
|
||||
call s:Enter_annotation_buffer(annot_file_path)
|
||||
try
|
||||
if search(a:block_pattern,'e') == 0
|
||||
throw "no_annotation"
|
||||
@@ -479,10 +501,10 @@ endfunction
|
||||
endtry
|
||||
return annotation
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"c. link this stuff with what the user wants
|
||||
" ie. get the expression selected/under the cursor
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
let s:ocaml_word_char = '\w|[<5B>-<2D>]|'''
|
||||
|
||||
"In: the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
|
||||
@@ -527,19 +549,20 @@ endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
"In: the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
|
||||
"Out: the type information (calls s:Extract_type_data)
|
||||
function! s:Get_type(mode)
|
||||
function! s:Get_type(mode, annot_file_name)
|
||||
let [lin1,lin2,col1,col2] = s:Match_borders(a:mode)
|
||||
return s:Extract_type_data(s:Block_pattern(lin1,lin2,col1,col2))
|
||||
return s:Extract_type_data(s:Block_pattern(lin1,lin2,col1,col2), a:annot_file_name)
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"d. main
|
||||
"In: the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
|
||||
"After call: the type information is displayed
|
||||
if !exists("*Ocaml_get_type")
|
||||
function Ocaml_get_type(mode)
|
||||
let annot_file_name = s:Fnameescape(expand('%:t:r')).'.annot'
|
||||
call s:Locate_annotation()
|
||||
call s:Load_annotation()
|
||||
return s:Get_type(a:mode)
|
||||
call s:Load_annotation(annot_file_name)
|
||||
return s:Get_type(a:mode, annot_file_name)
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,3 +37,8 @@ if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
endif
|
||||
"}}}
|
||||
|
||||
"{{{ Undo settings
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal shiftwidth< softtabstop< expandtab<"
|
||||
\ . " formatoptions< comments< textwidth<"
|
||||
\ . "| unlet! b:browsefiler"
|
||||
"}}}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
" Language: Perl
|
||||
" Maintainer: Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
|
||||
" URL: http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl
|
||||
" Last Change: 2009-08-14
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
@@ -69,3 +69,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
" Language: Perl 6
|
||||
" Maintainer: Andy Lester <andy@petdance.com>
|
||||
" URL: http://github.com/petdance/vim-perl/tree/master
|
||||
" Last Change: 2010-08-10
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
" Contributors: Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Based on ftplugin/perl.vim by Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
|
||||
@@ -46,3 +46,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isk<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -80,3 +80,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< include< omnifunc<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -32,5 +32,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
endif " exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: PostScript
|
||||
" Maintainer: Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>
|
||||
" Last Change: 27th June 2002
|
||||
" Language: PostScript
|
||||
" Maintainer: Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>
|
||||
" Last Change: 16th January 2012
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ endif
|
||||
" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" PS comment formatting
|
||||
setlocal comments=b:%
|
||||
setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=rol
|
||||
@@ -21,11 +24,12 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
|
||||
let b:match_words = '<<:>>,\<begin\>:\<end\>,\<save\>:\<restore\>,\<gsave\>:\<grestore\>'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
|
||||
" Define patterns for the browse file filter
|
||||
if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
let b:browsefilter = "PostScript Files (*.ps)\t*.ps\n" .
|
||||
\ "EPS Files (*.eps)\t*.eps\n" .
|
||||
\ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: RPL/2
|
||||
" Maintainer: Jo<4A>l BERTRAND <rpl2@free.fr>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2005 Mar 28
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 07
|
||||
" Version: 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
@@ -18,3 +18,5 @@ setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
|
||||
|
||||
" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
|
||||
setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< comments<"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,13 +1,32 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin
|
||||
" Language: Scheme
|
||||
" Maintainer: Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
|
||||
" URL: http://iamphet.nm.ru/vim
|
||||
" URL: http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
|
||||
" Original author: Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
|
||||
" Original URL: http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
|
||||
" Last Change: Nov 22, 2004
|
||||
" Last Change: Mar 5, 2012
|
||||
|
||||
runtime! ftplugin/lisp.vim ftplugin/lisp_*.vim ftplugin/lisp/*.vim
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
" Copy-paste from ftplugin/lisp.vim
|
||||
setl comments=:;
|
||||
setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
|
||||
setl formatoptions-=t
|
||||
setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
|
||||
setl lisp
|
||||
|
||||
" make comments behaviour like in c.vim
|
||||
" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
|
||||
setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
|
||||
setl formatoptions+=croql
|
||||
|
||||
" Scheme-specific settings
|
||||
if exists("b:is_mzscheme") || exists("is_mzscheme")
|
||||
" improve indenting
|
||||
setl iskeyword+=#,%,^
|
||||
@@ -24,3 +43,5 @@ if exists("b:is_chicken") || exists("is_chicken")
|
||||
setl lispwords+=define-values,opt-lambda,case-lambda,syntax-rules,with-syntax,syntax-case
|
||||
setl lispwords+=cond-expand,and-let*,foreign-lambda,foreign-lambda*
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lispwords< lisp<"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,3 +37,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -36,3 +36,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal cms< | unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words"
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,13 +1,16 @@
|
||||
" Plugin to update the %changelog section of RPM spec files
|
||||
" Filename: spec.vim
|
||||
" Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: Wed, 10 Apr 2002 16:28:52 -0300
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 07
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_spec_maps")
|
||||
if !hasmapto("<Plug>SpecChangelog")
|
||||
map <buffer> <LocalLeader>c <Plug>SpecChangelog
|
||||
@@ -166,3 +169,7 @@ let b:match_words =
|
||||
\ '^Name:^%description:^%clean:^%setup:^%build:^%install:^%files:' .
|
||||
\ '^%package:^%preun:^%postun:^%changelog'
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
" Language: SQL (Common for Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, Sybase)
|
||||
" Version: 8.0
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Apr 01
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Mar 11
|
||||
" Download: http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=454
|
||||
|
||||
" For more details please use:
|
||||
@@ -490,6 +490,7 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:sw=4:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,3 +37,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -32,5 +32,6 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
" vim: set et ts=4 sw=4 tw=78:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,3 +37,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -41,5 +41,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
endif " exists("loaded_matchit")
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" VHDL filetype plugin
|
||||
" Language: VHDL
|
||||
" Maintainer: R.Shankar <shankar.r?freescale.com>
|
||||
" Maintainer: R.Shankar <shankar.pec?gmail.com>
|
||||
" Modified By: Gerald Lai <laigera+vim?gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Feb 16
|
||||
" Last Change: 2011 Dec 11
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ endif
|
||||
" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines,
|
||||
" and insert the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
|
||||
"setlocal fo-=t fo+=croqlm1
|
||||
@@ -22,8 +25,6 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
" Format comments to be up to 78 characters long
|
||||
"setlocal tw=75
|
||||
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
|
||||
" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
|
||||
"if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
" let b:browsefilter = "Verilog Source Files (*.v)\t*.v\n" .
|
||||
@@ -82,3 +83,6 @@ vnoremap <buffer><silent>[[ :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper('[[')<CR>
|
||||
vnoremap <buffer><silent>]] :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper(']]')<CR>
|
||||
vnoremap <buffer><silent>[] :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper('[]')<CR>
|
||||
vnoremap <buffer><silent>][ :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper('][')<CR>
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,3 +64,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_words | " . s:undo_ftplugin
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -61,3 +61,4 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring< comments< formatoptions<" .
|
||||
|
||||
" Restore the saved compatibility options.
|
||||
let &cpo = s:save_cpo
|
||||
unlet s:save_cpo
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user